Aeschylus Eumenides 1

ed. Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff

Eumenides. Aeschylus. ed. Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff. Berolini. 1914.

Current edition Experimental

Aeschyli Eumenides (OCR draft) (Greek) (Aeschyli Eumenides. Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, 1914.)

Provisional text from uncorrected OCR; expect errors.

Editions (11)
Εὐμενίδες First1KGreek (Aeschyli Tragoediae. Sidgwick, Arthur, editor. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1902.) — 1-142 focus
Εὐμενίδες Perseus (Aeschylus, Volume 2. Smyth, Herbert Weir, editor. London; New York: William Heinemann; G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1926.) — 1-142 focus
Εὐμενίδες (1518 edition; OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, Eumenides, 1518 edition. VLM-assisted OCR with native lineation and automated correspondence to the Smyth edition.) — 1 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Guilielmus Dindorfius, 1882.) — 1 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Gottfried Hermann, 1852.) — 1 focus
ΕΥΜΕΝΙΔΕΣ (OCR draft) Experimental (ΕΥΜΕΝΙΔΕΣ. Paul Mazon, 1920-1925.) — 1 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Arthur Sidgwick, 1887.) — 1 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. N. Wecklein, 1885.) — 1 focus
Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχῇ τῇδε πρεσβεύω θεῶν
1
τὴν πρωτόμαντιν Γαῖαν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς θέμιν,
ἣ δὴ τὸ μητρὸς δευτέρα τόδ᾽ ἕζετο
μαντεῖον, ὡς λόγος τις· ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ
λάχει, θελούσης οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινός,
5
Τιτανὶς ἄλλη παῖς χθονὸς καθέζετο
Φοίβη, δίδωσι δ᾽ ἣ γενέθλιον δόσιν
Φοίβῳ· τὸ Φοίβης δ᾽ ὄνομ᾽ ἔχει παρώνυμον.
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Εὐμενίδες. Martin L. West, 1990.) — 1 focus
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek text of Aeschylus' Eumenides, edited by F. A. Paley, 1885.) — 1 focus
Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχῇ τῇδε πρεσβευω θεῶν
1
τὴν πρωτόμαντιν Γαῖαν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς Θέμιν,
ἢ δὴ τὸ μητρὸς δευτέρα τόδ᾽ ἕζετο
μαντεῖον, ὡς λόγος τις· ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ
λάχει, θελούσης, οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινὸς,
5
Τιτανὶς ἄλλη παῖς χθονὸς καθέζετο
Φοίβη· δίδωσι δ᾽ ἣ γενέθλιον δόσιν
Φοίβῳ· τὸ Φοίβης δ᾽ ὄνομ᾽ ἔχει παρώνυμον.
λιπὼν δὲ λίμνην Δηλίαν τε χοιράδα,
κέλσας ἐπ᾿ ἀκτὰς ναυπόρους τὰς Παλλάδος,
10
ἐς τήνδε γαῖαν ἦλθε Παρνησσοῦ θ᾽ ἕδρας.
πέμπουσι δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ σεβίζουσιν μέγα
κελευθοποιοὶ παῖδες Ηφαίστου, χθόνα
ἀνήμερον τιθέντες ἡμερωμένην.
μολόντα δ᾽ αὐτὸν κάρτα τιμαλφεῖ λεώς,
15
Δελφός τε χώρας τῆσδε πρυμνήτης ἄναξ.
τέχνης δέ νιν Ζεὺς ἔνθεον κτίσας φρένα,
ἵζει τέταρτον τόνδε μάντιν ἐν θρόνοις·
Διὸς προφήτης δ᾽ ἐστὶ Λοξίας πατρός.
τούτους ἐν εὐχαῖς φροιμιάζομαι θεούς.
20
Παλλὰς προναία δ᾽ ἐν λόγοις πρεσβεύεται.
σέβω δὲ νύμφας, ἔνθα Κωρυκὶς πέτρα
κοίλη, φίλορνις, δαιμόνων ἀναστροφή·
Βρόμιος δ᾽ ἔχει τὸν χῶρον, οὐδ᾽ ἀμνημονῶ,
ἐξ οὗτε Βάκχαις ἐστρατήγησεν θεὸς,
25
λαγὼ δίκην Πενθεῖ καταρράψας μόρον·
Πλειστοῦ τε πηγὰς, καὶ Ποσειδώνος κράτος
καλοῦσα, καὶ Τέλειον ὕψιστον Δία.
ἔπειτα μάντις εἰς θρόνους καθιζάνω.
καὶ νῦν τυχεῖν με τῶν πρὶν εἰσόδων μακρῷ
30
ἄριστα δοῖεν· κεἰ παρ᾿ Ἑλλήνων τινὲς,
ἴτων πάλῳ λαχόντες, ὡς νομίζεται·
μαντεύομαι γὰρ ὡς ἂν ἡγῆται θεός.
Εὐμενίδες (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek text of Aeschylus' Eumenides, edited by Friedrich Blass, 1907.) — 1 focus
Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχῆι τῆιδε πρεσβεύω θεῶν
1
τὴν πρωτόμαντιν Γαῖαν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς Θέμιν,
ἢ δὴ τὸ μητρὸς δευτέρα τόδ᾽ ἔζετο
μαντεῖον, ὡς λόγος τις· ἐν δὲ τῶι τρίτωι
λάχει, θελούσης, οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινός,
5
Τιτανὶς ἄλλη παῖς Χθονὸς καθέζετο
Φοίβη· δίδωσιν δ᾽ ἡ γενέθλιον δόσιν
Φοίβωι, τὸ Φοίβης δ᾽ ὄνομ᾽ ἔχει παρώνυμον.
λιπὼν δὲ λίμνην Δηλίαν τε χοιράδα,
κέλσας ἐπ᾿ ἀκτὰς ναυπόρους τὰς Παλλάδος,
10
ἐς τήνδε γαῖαν ἦλθε Παρνησοῦ θ᾽ ἕδρας.
πέμπουσι δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ σεβίζουσιν μέγα
κελευθοποιοί παῖδες Ἡφαίστου, χθόνα
ἀνήμερον τιθέντες ἡμερωμένην.
μολόντα δ᾽ αὐτὸν κάρτα τιμαλφεῖ λεώς,
15
Δελφὸς τε χώρας τῆσδε πρυμνήτης ἄναξ.
τέχνης δέ νιν Ζεὺς ἔνθεον κτίσας φρένα
ἵζει τέταρτον τοῖσδε μάντιν ἐν θρόνοις·
Διὸς προφήτης δ᾽ ἐστὶ Λοξίας πατρός.
Παλλὰς προνάια δ᾽ εὐλόγως πρεσβεύεται.
σέβω δὲ νύμφας, ἔνθα Κωρυκὶς πέτρα
κοίλη, φίλορνις, δαιμόνων ἀναστροφαί·
Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον, οὐδ᾽ ἀμνημονῶ,
ἐξ οὗτε Βάκχαις ἐστρατήγησεν θεός,
25
λαγὼ δίκην Πενθεῖ καταρράψας μόρον.
τούτους ἐν εὐχαῖς φροιμιάζομαι θεούς,
20
Πλειστοῦ τε πηγὰς καὶ Ποσειδῶνος κράτος
καλοῦσα καὶ τέλειον ύψιστον Δία,
ἔπειτα μάντις ἐς θρόνους καθιζάνω.
καὶ νῦν τυχεῖν μοι τῶν πρὶν εἰσόδων μακρῶι
30
ἄριστα δοῖεν· κεὶ πάρ᾽ Ἑλλήνων τινές,
ἴτων πάλωι λαχόντες, ὡς νομίζεται·
μαντεύομαι γάρ, ὡς ἂν ἡγῆται θεός.
Translations (11)
Eumenides Perseus (Aeschylus, Volume 2. Smyth, Herbert Weir, translator. London; New York: William Heinemann; G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1926. (Modernized by Perseus.)) — 1-140 focus
The Eumenides (OCR draft) Experimental (The Eumenides. Theodore Alois Buckley, 1849.) — 1 focus
First indeed with these prayers I honor Earth the first-prophetess of the Deities: and after her 1 Themis, who then next sat on this, her mother's, oracular seat, as a certain legend runs. But in the third turn, [Themis] being willing, and not in despite of any one, Titanian Phoebe, another child of Earth took the seat, and she gives it to Phoebus as a birth-gift. And he has his name derived from Phoebe. But having left the lake and the Delian rock, having landed on the ship-receiving shores of Pallas, he came into this land and to the seats of Parnassus. And the road-making sons of Vulcan 2 attend on 3 , and greatly worship him, rendering the rough earth smooth. But the people honor exceedingly him having come, and Delphus who sways the helm 1 of this land. And Jove having made him inspired in mind with the art, seats him here the fourth seer on the throne; and Loxias 2 is the prophet of his father Jove. To these deities I prelude my address with prayers. And Pronaean Pallas is celebrated in story. And I venerate the nymphs, where is the Corician hollow grot, bird-loved, the haunt of Deities. Bromius too possesses the realm, nor am I forgetful of it, from the time that the god led on his Bacchants, having plotted death for Pentheus like a hare; and invoking the fountains of Plistus, and the might of Neptune, and perfect highest Jove. I then sit down a prophetess on the throne; and now may the gods grant that I obtain by far the best of former entrances, and if any from the Greeks are present, let them advance having obtained their turn by lot, as is the custom; for I prophesy as the god may direct. (She enters the temple, and suddenly returns.)
LES EUMÉNIDES (OCR draft) Experimental (LES EUMÉNIDES. Paul Mazon, 1920-1925.) — 1 focus
Ma prière, parmi les dieux, fait une place à part en premier lieu à la première prophétesse, à la Terre; après elle, à Thémis, qui s'assit la seconde au siège prophétique laissé par sa mère, comme l'affirme un vieux
récit. La troisième, à son tour, avouée de Thémis, sans violence faite à personne, une autre Titanide, fille de la Terre, s'y assit ensuite, Phoibé, et c'est elle qui l'offre, en don de joyeuse naissance, à Phoibos — Phoibos, qui doit à Phoibé ce surnom. Délaissant donc Délos, son lac
et sa croupe rocheuse, il s'en vient aborder aux rives de Pallas, familières aux nefs 1 , pour gagner cette terre et le Parnasse, son nouveau séjour. Il y trouve une escorte et d'éclatants honneurs; les enfants d'Héphaistos 2 lui ouvrent son chemin, apprivoisant pour lui le sol sauvage. Il arrive
et reçoit ici le franc hommage du peuple et de son roi, Delphos, pilote du pays. Et Zeus, lui emplissant le cœur de divine science, l'assied sur ce siège, quatrième prophète : Loxias, ici, parle pour Zeus son père. Voilà donc par
quels dieux commenceront mes prières. (Elle se retourne et porte les yeux successivement dans chacune des directions où elle peut saluer un des dieux qu'elle invoque). Mais Pal- las Pronaia 3 , dans nos vieux récits, tient également une place à part. Et je salue aussi les Nymphes de l'antre Corycien, asile des oiseaux, retraite d'un dieu : là règne Bromios — je me garde de l'oublier! — depuis le
jour où sa divinité conduisit au combat les Bacchantes et à Penthée trama la mort d'un lièvre. J'invoque enfin et les eaux du Pleistos, et Poseidon puissant, et Zeus Suprê- me, sans qui rien ne s'achève, avant de prendre place,
prophétesse, sur mon siège. Daignent ces dieux bénir, au- jourd'hui plus encore que jamais, mon entrée au saint lieu. Si quelques pèlerins nous sont venus de Grèce, qu'ils s'ap- prochent, ainsi qu'il est de règle, dans l'ordre indiqué par le sort : je prophétise, moi, dans celui que me dicte le dieu.
The Furies (OCR draft) Experimental (The Furies. Robert Potter, 1779.) — 1 focus
WITH reverence firſt to the Earth I pay theſe vows,
1
The firſt prophetic pow'r:
to Themis next,
Who next her mother held, they ſay, this ſeat
Oracular:
5
Titanian Phœbe then,
She too the daughter of the Earth, unforc'd
Aſſum'd this ſeat; to Phœbus at his birth
Rich
Eschilo, Le Eumenidi: traduzione italiana di Ettore Romagnoli (OCR draft) Experimental (Eschilo, Le Eumenidi: traduzione italiana di Ettore Romagnoli. Ettore Romagnoli, 1922.) — 1 focus
Prega dinanzi al tempio.
1
Prima con questa prece onoro Gea
che profetessa fu prima: indi Tèmide
che seconda ebbe sede in questo oracolo,
dopo sua madre, com'è fama; e terza,
5
né già per forza, ma piacendo a Tèmide,
vi salí Febe, prole dei Titani,
figliuola anch'essa della terra; e dono
natale a Febo ella ne fece: e il nome
serba ancora dell'ava.
10
E il Dio, lasciate
le scogliere di Delo e la palude,
alle acclivi approdò spiagge di Pallade
e a questo suolo, ed al Parnaso giunse.
Scorta gli fanno, e grande onore, e innanzi
15
gli schiudono la via, gli Atenïesi
figli d'Efesto, e la selvaggia terra
rendono pervia.
E come ei giunge, il popolo
Aeschylus, Eumenides: versio Latina Ioannis Sanravii (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, Eumenides: versio Latina Ioannis Sanravii. Ioannes Sanravius, 1555.) — 1 focus
PRIMO quidem prece hac deorum honoro
1
Terram primiuatem, ex qua Themin aiunt,
Quæ secunda à matre ſedit
in hoc uaticinij loco, ut ſermo aliquis, in tertia uerò
Sorte, uolentis neq; per uim alicuius
5
Titanis alia filia terræ ſedit
Phœbe, quæ uerò dat natale donum
Phœbo. Phœbes nomen habet paronymum.
Relinquens paludem & Delium faxum,
Appellens ad littora Palladis, qua tranſeunt naues,
10
In hanc terram uenit, ſedesq; Parnaſi:
Deducunt uerò ipſum, & colunt ualde
Iter facientes filij ulcani, terram
Ferocem facientes mitem:
Accedentemq; ipſum admodum honorat populus,
15
Delphusq; rex huius regionis gubernator,
Artis uerò ipſum diuinum Iupiter condens mente
Conſtituit quartum hunc uatem in thronis,
Iouis uates est Loxias patris.
Hos in precibus laudabo deos.
20
Pallas protemplaris uerò uerbis honoratur.
Colo uerò nymphas, ibi Coricis petra
Caua, augur dæmonum conuerſio,
Dionysiacus uerò habet locum, neq; obliuifcor.
Ex quo Bacchis præſuit deus,
25
“Leporis inſtar luctui inſerens mortem.
Pliſti fontes, & Neptuni imperium
Vocans, & perfectum altiſimum Iouem,
Deinde uates in ſedibus ſedeo.
Et nunc me aſsequi ingreſsoru longorum priorum.
30
Optima dent, & à Græcis aliqui
Eant forte ſortientes, ut exiſtimatur.
Vaticinor enim ut monſtrat Deus.
Aeschylus, Die Eumeniden: German translation (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, Die Eumeniden: German translation. Ulrich von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, 1919–1923.) — 1 focus
Mein erst Gebet der ersten Zukunftskünderin,
Urmutter Erde; nächst der Erde ruf' ich dann
Themis, die nach der Mutter hier gewaltet hat.
So lebt es im Gedächtnis. Dann als dritte nahm
5 durch Übereinkunft, ohne Streit, der Themis Platz
die Schwester ein, Titanin, Erdentochter auch,
Phoibe. Sie hat Apollon diesen Sitz geschenkt,
dem Neugebor'nen; Phoibos heifst von ihr der Gott.
Vom Weiher auf dem Felseneiland Delos zog
10 Apollon an den schiffbelebten Küstenstrand
des Pallaslandes; weiter dann von Attika,
bis hier er am Parnassos seine Stätte fand.
Wegbahnend gaben ihm in feierlichem Zug
die Söhne des Hephaistos ehrfurchtsvoll Geleit,
und durch Urwildnis schlugen sich're Pfade sie.
15 Mit höchsten Ehren nahm sein Kommen hier das Volk
und Delphos auf, der König, der dem Land gebot.
Und in der Seele weckte Zeus die Götterkraft
der Zukunftsschau dem Sohne, setzt' als vierten ihn,
die Wahrheit zu verkünden, auf den Seherthron:
was Zeus ihm eingiebt, offenbart Apollons Mund.
Eumenides (OCR draft) Experimental (Eumenides. Anna Swanwick, 1886.) — 1 focus
PYTHONESS
FIRST, with this prayer, I worship of the gods *
Gaia, primeval prophetess;-and next,
Themis, who second, as tradition tells,
Upon her mother's seat was here enthroned;
With her good will, nor in despite of any,
Another child of Earth, Titanian Phoebe,
Third by decree of Fate, assumed this seat;
She as a birth-day gift to Phobos gave it,
And hence his name to Phoebe is allied.
Leaving the lake and Delos' rocky isle,
10
At Pallas' ship-frequented shores he lands,
Then seeks this region, these Parnassian seats;
Him onward speed, and mightily adore,
Hephæstos' sons, road-fashioners, who tame
The savage earth. The god, established here,
Highly is honoured by the native tribe,
And by King Delphos, steersman of this land.
Zeus with prophetic lore his heart inspired,
And throned him on this sacred seat, fourth seer;
So Loxias * now is prophet of his sire.
20
These gods I worship with preluding prayers.
But be Pronæan ‡ Pallas likewise hailed
With words of honour! you too I salute,
Nymphs who frequent Korykia's caverned rock,
Kindly to birds, and haunt of deities.
There Bromios, well I wis, the region holds,
Since with his Thyads thence the god made war,
And Pentheus coursed, like doubling hare, to death.
The founts of Pleistos, and Poseidon's might
Invoking, and high-consummating Zeus,
30
As priestess I assume the sacred seat.
Beyond the past my entrance may they crown
With fair response! If sons of Greece be here,
Let them, as custom is, approach by lot,
34
For as the god doth guide, I prophesy.
English (E. D. A. Morshead, 1889, second edition) (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylus, The Furies — Morshead translation. Wikisource transcription; speech corresp and card milestones aligned to Smyth perseus-grc2.) — 1 focus
First in this prayer of all the gods I name
1
The prophet-mother Earth; and Themis next,
Second who sat—for so with truth is said—
On this her mother's shrine oracular.
Then by her grace, who unconstrained allowed,
5
There sat thereon another child of Earth—
Titanian Phœbe. She, in after time,
Gave o'er the throne, as birthgift to a god,
Phœbus, who in his own bears Phœbe's name.
He from the lake and ridge of Delos' isle
10
Steered to the port of Pallas' Attic shores,
The home of ships; and thence he passed and came
Unto this land and to Parnassus' shrine.
And at his side, with awe revering him,
There went the children of Hephæstus' seed,
15
The hewers of the sacred way, who tame
The stubborn tract that erst was wilderness.
And all this folk and Delphos chieftain-king
Of this their land with honour gave him home;
And in his breast Zeus set a prophet's soul,
20
And gave to him this throne, whereon he sits,
Fourth prophet of the shrine, and, Loxias hight,
Gives voice to that which Zeus his sire decrees.
Such gods I name in my preluding prayer,
And after them, I call with honour due
25
On Pallas, wardress of the fane, and Nymphs
Who dwell around the rock Corycian,
Where in the hollow cave, the wild birds' haunt,
Wander the feet of lesser gods; and there,
Right well I know it, Bromian Bacchus dwells,
30
Since he in godship led his Mænad host,
Devising death for Pentheus, whom they rent
Piecemeal, as hare among the hounds. And last,
I call on Pleistus' springs, Poseidon's might,
And Zeus most high, the great Accomplisher.
35
Then as a seeress to the sacred chair
I pass and sit; and may the powers divine
Make this mine entrance fruitful in response
Beyond each former advent, triply blest.
And if there stand without, from Hellas bound,
40
Men seeking oracles, let each pass in
In order of the lot, as use allows;
For the god guides whate'er my tongue proclaims.
[ She goes into the interior of the temple; after a short interval, she returns in great fear.
German (J. J. C. Donner, 1854; OCR review) (OCR draft) Experimental (Aeschylos. Deutsch in den Versmaßen der Urschrift. Stuttgart: Hoffmann, 1854. Native Donner line citations, Smyth card correspondence, selected textual readings and metrical facsimiles. Remaining OCR differences and unattributed reading notes are documented in the linked review inventory.) — 1 focus
Von allen Göttern feiert mein Gebet zuerst 1
1
Die Urprophetin Erde, nächst ihr Themis auch,
Die nach der Mutter diesen Siz der Sage nach
Einnahm, die zweite. Dritten Ortes thronte hier
Mit Themis' Willen, ohne Zwang an irgendwem,
5
Ein andres Kind der Erde vom Titanenstamm,
Die Phöbe. Sie gab als Geburtsgeschenk den Siz
An Phöbos, dem von Phöbe so der Name ward.
Der Gott verließ nun Delos' Teich und Felsenstrand,
Und fuhr zu Pallas' schiffsbedeckten Uferhöh'n,
10
Und kam in diese Fluren an Parnassos' Siz.
Und ihn geleiten und Verehrung zollen ihm
Hephästos' Söhne, die, bereitend seine Bahn,
Vor seinem Schritte wildes Land entwilderten.
Und als er einzog, feiert hoch ihn alles Volk
15
Mit König Delphos, der des Landes Steuer lenkt.
Doch Zeus begeistert seine Brust mit hoher Kunst,
Und segt als vierten Seher ihn auf diesen Stuhl,
Und Zeus', des Vaters, Gotteswort spricht Loxias.
An diese Götter wendet sich mein Fleh'n zuerst.
20
Auch dir im Vorhof, Pallas, buldigt mein Gebet,
Und ehrt die Nymphen, wo Korykis' Fels sich wölbt,
Heimat der Vögel, wo sich Götter froh ergeh'n.
Des Ortes waltet Bacchos, wohl gedenk' ich sein,
Seitdem der Gott die Bacchen angeführt im Kampf,
25
Pentheus mit Tod umgarnend, scheuem Wilde gleich.
Auch Pleistos' Quellen und Poseidons Herrschermacht
Verehr' ich, auch den höchsten Allvollender Zeus;
Dann als Prophetin steig' ich auf den Seherthron.
Und nun, o Götter, segnet mehr, als je zuvor,
30
Mir heut den Eingang! Ist ein Mann aus Hellas hier,
Er komme nach dem Loose, wie der Brauch gebeut!
Ich spreche meine Sprüche, wie der Gott mich treibt.
(Sie geht in den Tempel, kehrt aber bald voll Entsetzen wieder zurück.)
English (Smyth; revised Bannon and Nagy, CHS) (OCR draft) Experimental (CHS Primary Sources revision of Herbert Weir Smyth’s translation by Cynthia Bannon and Gregory Nagy, with transliterated Greek terms tagged and aligned to the Smyth edition.)

No corresponding passage available

Notes on the current edition

Eumenides

1. Actio: scaenae frons est templum Delphorum, ingenti porta clausum. Flaminica ante portam stat.
2. in prooemio colloco deos qui fanum tenuerunt, in oratione princeps locus Minervae debetur, quae ante fanum habitat

Commentary

Commentary on Aeschylus: Eumenides (Aeschylus. Eumenides. Sidgwick, Arthur, editor. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1887.)

1. πρεσβεύω . 'I honour most; the superlative sense practically contained in the word accounts for gen. θεῶν. πρεσβεύω is rather a favourite word of Aeschylus. So line 21 Παλλὰς πρεσβεύεται, ‘has chief honour,' Cho. 488 πρῶτον τόνδε πρεσβεύσω τάφον, as here, Ag. 1300 ὁ δ᾽ ὕστατος τοῦ χρόνου πρεσβεύεται, is first in respect of time, Cho. 631 κακῶν πρεσβεύεται, is first of horrors.

2. πρωτόμαντιν . The Earth was naturally regarded as 'most ancient' of gods: and prophetic, perhaps because the ancient shrines of prophecy were so often caverns or mysterious chasms (e. g. Delphic chasm, the Sibyl's cave, the cave of Trophonios, etc.). Pausanias tells us (10.5.5) that the Delphians affirmed their oracle to have originally belonged to the Earth. And Prom. 209 we have Γαῖα and Θέμις prophesying to Prometheus.

2. ἐκ δὲ τῆς , ‘after her;' τῆς common Epic use of art. for demonst. frequent in Aesch., ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν δὲ τῷ, ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς, etc.

3. μητρός , mother of Themis; not the general meaning Mother Earth. It is a striking evidence of the fluctuating character of these genealogies that the poet elsewhere (Prom. 209) speaks of Earth and Themis as the same; one form of many names.

3. ἔζετο with acc. Cf. Ag. 183 σέλμα σεμνὸν ἡμένων, 664 ναῦν ἐφέζετο.

5. λάχει , ‘lot;' vivid poetic for in the third place, third in order.

5. θελούσης , οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινός, 'with her good will, neither in despite of any.' Aeschylus uses this stately emphasis because he is following (or inventing) a different story from what was apparently the received version: for Pindar says (quoted by Schol.) that 'Apollo by force occupied Pytho:' and Eurip. (Iph. Τ. 1259) says, 'Apollo came and took away Themis daughter of Earth from the divine oracles.' But this savage and doubtless older story was not suitable to the poet's purpose: the sanctity and dignity of the oracle (ideas which are required for the plot) are averse from such violence.

7. ἥ , she. Epic demonstrative use of ős, surviving in ἢ δ᾽ ὅς, ὃς δ᾽

7. ἔφη (' said he').

7. δίδωσι , gives it, the oracle.

7. γενέθλιον δόσιν . There were two birth-festivals at Athens-the ἀμφιδρόμια, when the infant was carried round the hearth on the seventh (or fifth day), and the δεκάτη, 'tenth-day festival, when it was named and formally recognised by the father. On both occasions, especially the latter, presents were given.

8. παρώνυμον , made like to hers.

9. λίμνη , the circular or rather oval tarn in the north of the island, often referred to by ancient writers (Eur. Ion 167, Iph. Taur. 1104, Herod. 2. 170, etc.), and apparently connected with the birth of Apollo.

9. χοιράς , 's back,hog lit., i.e. ridge or rock, of Mount Kynthos.

11. παῖδες Ἡφαίστου , because Hephaistos was father of Erichthonios, mythical king of Athens. The title is peculiarly appropriate to the hewers of the way, as Hephaistos was the god who invented many of the tools and the arts of civilised life.

16. Δελφός , the king and eponymous' hero of Delphians.

17. κτίζω , properly to build, a favourite word of Aeschylus, often used as a stately synonym for to make: e.g. Pers. 289 εὐνίδας ἔκτισσαν, Cho. 1060 ἐλεύθερόν σε κτίσει, Eum. 714 μηδ᾽ ἀκαρπώτους κτίσαι.

19. προφήτης , ‘the spokesman,' the interpreter of Zeus. So he says in a fragment (79) Ζεὺς ἐγκαθίει Λοξίᾳ θεσπίσματα. So Verg. A. 3. 251 'Quae Phoebo pater omnipotens, mihi Phoebus Apollo Praedixit.'

21. Παλλὰς προναία , ‘Pallas of the precincts;' the name of a temple of Athena near the great sanctuary of Apollo at Delphi. It is mentioned by Herodotus in this form (προνηΐη) 1.92, and there exist two Delphic inscriptions containing it (ΠΡΟΝΑΙA): but it seems to have been afterwards corrupted into πρόνοια, the shape in which the name of Athena at Delphi appears in Demosthenes (780), Aeschines (Ctes. 69), and Pausanias (10.8.7). Some people suppose two Delphic Athenas, προναία and πρόνοια: but this, though possible, is hardly likely. The learned Alexandrine poet Callimachus (250 B.C.) has the old form (προναίην, quoted by Schol.).

22. Κωρυκίς . The Korykian cavern was a remarkable cave high up in Parnassus, seven miles from Delphi: the cavern contains two large chambers 100 and 200 feet long respectively: it was the refuge of the Delphians in the Persian invasion (Herod. 8. 36), and more than once when their country was invaded. It was sacred to Pan and the nymphs.

23. φίλορνις , loved of birds, using the shelter for roosting and building.

23. φἀναστροφή , abode, haunt. The verb ἀναστρέφεσθαι is common for to be engaged in, to live ; ἐν φανερῷ, ἐν ᾿Αργει, ἐν μέσῳ, ἐν ξυμμαχίᾳ, etc. (versari Latin).

24. Βρόμιος , a common title of Bacchus. Aeschylus in glorifying Delphi fixes there the scene of the great vengeance of Bacchus on Pentheus. [Pentheus, king of Thebes, forbade and tried to prevent the worship of Bacchus; but the god drove mad with Bacchic frenzy the women, including Agaue Pentheus' mother, and they tore the king in pieces.] Euripides in the Bacchae makes Kithairon (between Attica and Boeotia) the scene, and Schol. says that Aeschylus himself also follows this tradition in the lost play Ξαντρίαι.

25. οὗτε , Epic form of rel. common in Aeschylus. (ὅστε Pers. 297, αἵτε Eum. 1024, ἐξ οὗτε Pers. 762, ἅτε Cho. 615, etc.)

26. λαγὼ δίκην , like a hare, i. e. they tore him as dogs a hare. [Scholiast's int. 'crouching like a hare' is frigid and absurd.] Notice absence of caesura; Ag. 943, Cho. 493.

27. Πλειστός , a small river south of Delphi: Apollonius (2.711) speaks of Korykian nymphs daughters of Pleistos.

27. Ποσειδώνος : there was an altar of Poseidon at Delphi. [There were various old traditions about Poseidon having once possessed Delphi and exchanged it for other places, which may be connected with his worship there.]

28. τέλειον , the fulfiller: so Ag. 973 Ζεῦ Ζεῦ τέλειε, τὰς ἐμὰς εὐχὰς τέλει.

30. Abridged , but quite intelligible, expression for 'May I find this time better response than I found in my former entrances to the shrine.'

30. τυχεῖν με , acc. inf. of prayer, common constr. with or without δός or δοῖεν (Cho. 307, O. C. 868, etc.). For acc. ἄριστα with τυχεῖν, cf. Ag. 1228.

31. πάρ' , are here, for πάρεισιν, is commonly read here. But it is more natural to take παρά as a preposition; and it is quite easy to understand are come .

32. ἴτων , rare form for ἰόντων ος ἴτωσαν.

33. μαντεύεσθαι . is used both of prophesying and 'consulting the god,' or getting a prophecy. Here both would suit, but the former is the sense in which Aeschylus uses the word elsewhere.

33. ὡς ἄν , according as, indef. relat. use. [She passes into the temple, and there is a pause : then she comes out horror-stricken and half fainting.]

34. δεινά . is nom. λέξαι and δρακεῖν epex. inf. after the adj. Things terrible to tell of, terrible to behold have sent me back, etc.'

36. ὥς , Epic for ὥστε, common in Trag., esp. in Aeschylus (e.g. Ag. 358, 546, 575, 665, 1381).

36. σωκεῖν , ‘to be strong.'

36. ἀκταίνω , a unique word of which the meaning is disputed. The Schol. and old lexicons give (1) to uplift, or be uplifted. (2) to exult, ‘prance' (γαυριᾶν), ‘leap violently' (ἀτάκτως πηδᾶν). The sense however requires, not, 'I can't move violently, but rather 'I can hardly move at all:' it is best therefore to take ἀκταίνω, to lift. βάσιν, my step: this is a correction in the best MS., all the texts reading στάσιν, (which is perhaps possible, and then 'to uplift my standing' would mean to stand upright;) but βάσιν is easier and far more likely.

37. χερσίν , ‘by aid of hands:' holding on, to support her failing limbs. [Schol. actually says she comes out on all fours, τετραποδηδόν!!]

38. ἀντίπαιs , rather a strange compound, the preposition ἀντί governing (so to speak) the waῖς, and not some word outside as usual. Aeschylus is fond of these compounds : ἀντίκεντρον 136, 466, ἀντίφερνον Ag. 406, ἀντήνωρ ib. 443, ἀντίδουλος Cho. 135.

38. μὲν οὖν , corrective, as usual. 'Nay, she is as a child.'

40. ὀμφαλός , navel, was the name given to Delphi, as the centre of the earth, and particularly (as here) to a white stone in the μυχός of the temple¹. Strabo tells us (9. 3.) that 'an ὀμφαλός bound with fillets' was shown in the temple; and Pausanias (10. 16. 3) that 'the Delphians said their ὀμφαλός, which was made of white stone, was the centre of the earth, and quoted from Pindar a passage which agreed with their account. 1 The ὀμφαλός as a round or oval object is often found on coins or vases or sculptures relating to Delphi.

40. μέν answers δέ 1. 46.

41. προστρόπαιον , lit. turning toward, hence suppliant. The supplication might be for vengeance (as Ag. 1587, Cho. 286), or more commonly for purification, as here. Hence the word contracts another meaning, guilty; see below 11. 234, 237.

43-45. σωφρόνως seems to mean duly , piously.

46. λόχος , ‘troop:' for the number of the Eumenides see Introduction.

48. Γοργόνας . : Aeschylus describes these in the Prometheus (899) as 'Three winged sisters with snakes for hair, loathed of men, whom no mortal shall see and live:' and the Furies are compared to them, Cho. 1047, 'In dusky robes and twined with many snakes, like Gorgons.’

51. γε μήν , ‘yet,' adversative as usual: γε μέντοι, γε μὲν δή (and in Homer γε μέν), also used in the same way. So σπορᾶς γε μὴν ἐκ τῆσδε Ρ. V. 871, σὺν χρόνῳ γε μήν Ag. 1378.

53. οὐ πλατοῖσι , ‘unapproachable:' for the breath was deadly with blood and fire, and withered up what it touched (138). MSS. read πλαστοῖσι, feigned: but the other is far more forcible.

55. κόσμος , their garb.

59. μὴ μεταστένειν πόνον , without repenting of its toil, is an elaborate repetition and explanation of ἀνατί, unharmed. [The inf. is literally the object of ἐπεύχεται : 'boasts that having reared... it does not repent,' i. e. 'boasts to rear without repenting'].

64. διὰ τέλους , idiomatic expression for ever.

68. ὕπνῳ πεσοῦσαι , ‘prostrate in sleep' [they lie] : πεσοῦσαι used rather loosely for the perfect, like θανόντes for τεθνηκότες. But the construction is rather harsh, with a strained tense and no verb: and not improbably πεσοῦσαι is corrupt for some verb. The best suggestion is Weil's πεδῶνται : (others πρέπουσι, πέλουσι : παρεῖνται Weckl.).

69. μίγνυται , 'consorts.”

69. γραῖαι , παλαιαὶ παῖδες, ‘old, wrinkled maidens;' a bold and contemptuous oxymoron to express loathing.

78. βουκολούμενος . (mid. as Schol. interprets), tending, i. e. brooding over; a bold metaphor characteristic of the poet.

80. ἄγκαθεν , in thy arms, from ἄγκη, ‘the bent arm:' like the Homeric ἀγκὰς ἑλεῖν or ἔχειν, to take in the arms: cf. Ag. 3.

81. θελκτηρίους , ‘persuasive,' to the judges of the Areiopagos.

88. σε . φρέναs, the acc. of whole and part, common from Homer down: like Τρῶας τρόμος αἰνὸς ὑπήλυθε γυῖα ἕκαστον ; τὸν βάλε κνήμην; and μέθες με πρὸς θεῶν χεῖρα etc.

90. κάρτα δ᾽ ὧν ἐπώνυμος , true to thy name, give guidance : the title πομπαῖος meaning the guider .

100. πρός , common poetic use for ὑπό of agent: Cho. 133, 346, etc. So ἐκ, παρά, and ἀπό are poetically used. So below 1. 102.

104. ὄμμασιν λαμπρύνεται , stately Aeschylean for 'is clearsighted.'

105. μοῖρ᾽ ἀπρόσκοπος βροτῶν , 'tis the lot of mortals to be blind. Others take it the lot of men cannot be foretold: but the sense of the other is better, the antithesis is more pointed, ('seeing in sleep, blind in the day,') and ἀπρόσκοπος is more naturally active. [The Schol. says ἡ τῆς φρενὸς μοῖρα, whence H. and others read φρενῶν for βροτῶν : but the Schol. is only (rather stupidly) explaining μοῖρα in connection with the φρήν of the last line: it proves nothing about the reading: φρήν and φρενῶν would be very flat repetition.]

109. ὥραν , the acc. is best explained as a kind of loose apposition to νυκτίσεμνα δείπνα: the apposition really being to the part of the expression which contains the notion of night. The Erinyes alone had midnight sacrifices.

112. καὶ ταῦτα , usually with participle: here loosely but naturally with principal verb. The fact is, the ὤρουσεν is grammatically needless ('he is gone like a fawn, and that too from the very midst of the snare'), but is redundantly added, picking up and further emphasizing οἴχεται.

113. ἐγκατιλλώψας , a strange word, which occurs again Aesch. Sisyph. (Frag. 211) meaning mock. We find also κατιλλώπτω, ἐνιλλώπτω: the derivation seems to be ἴλλω, twist, ὀπ-, face:' hence to leer, to sneer, and so to scoff.

114. τῆς ἐμῆς περὶ ψυχῆς , ‘for dear life;' a proverbial expression as in English (rather strange in the mouth of a ghost), meaning that the issue is of the last importance to her.

116. ὄναρ , might be nom., I, a dream, like Ag. 82 ὄναρ ἡμερόφαντον ἀλαίνει (so Schütz, Wakef. H. Pal.). But it is rather more naturally taken acc. in a dream, as l. 131. II [The Furies begin to groan and mutter and move uneasily in their sleep.]

127. κύριοι ξυνωμόται , fit conspirators: a bold and characteristic image. κύριος means rightful: sleep and weariness naturally act together. For the figure cp. Ag. 650 ξυνώμοσαν γάρ, ὄντες ἔχθιστοι τὸ πρὶν Πῦρ καὶ θάλασσα.

134. μηδ᾽ ἀγνοήσῃς πῆμα , ‘forget not my wrong.'

136. ἀντίκεντρα , like spurs; see 1. 38.

137. τῷ , on him. Epic use of article as demonstr. frequent in Aeschylus: see 11. 174, 340, 462, 484.

142. ἰδέσθαι , the middle, is an Epic use, common in Tragg. Note the loose but natural grammar κἀπολακτίσασ᾽ (sing.), ἰδώμεθ᾽ (plur.). So exactly Aristoph. Aves 203, ἐμβὰς ἐς τὴν λόχμην καλοῦμεν. ...

146. ὁ θήρ , ‘our prey.'

150. νέος γραίας , simply young and old. This complaint that Apollo as one of the younger race has overridden the Furies who are elder goddesses constantly recurs through the play, 163, 731, 778, 838, 845; see Introduction. καθιππάζομαι, a bold picturesque word for trample down, so 731, 779.

151. τοκεῦσιν , generalising plural, to his mother, as the sense requires.

154. τῶνδε , your acts, insulting the old goddesses, and protecting the impious suppliant.

158. μεσολαβεῖ , another tersely vivid word: the goad 'grasped by the middle' to give the blow force.

167. ἀρόμενον , ‘that has taken upon it ;'

167. βλοσυρὸν ἄγος αἱμάτων , a fell pollution of blood. For

167. ὀμφαλόν see line 40.

169. μάντις ὤν , i. e. ‘though a seer,' and thus the last who should have allowed pollution.

170. αὐτόσσυτος, αὐτόκλητος , at thine own bidding, at thine own summons: the repetition of similar words is noticeable all through this chorus; a rhetorical turn due to the strength of their wrath and passion. So περὶ πόδα, περὶ κάρα - βαρὺ περίβαρυ - δαΐου δαμίου, etc.

174. τόν , Orestes: for Epic form cp. 137, 357.

177. μιάστωρ , properly one who pollutes, used for 'an avenger' Soph. El. 603 (of Orestes), Eur. Med. 1371.

186. καρανιστῆρες ὀφθαλμώρυχοι δίκαι , dooms that shear off the head and tear out the eyes. The horror is intensified both by the extraordinary weight and force of the lines, and by the abstract: the Furies are banished to a land of ghastly things. For the masc. form καρανιστήρ with fem. word δίκη compare σωτήρ τύχη Ag. 664, λαμπὰς πορευτής ib. 287, θέλκτωρ πειθώ Suppl. 1040, παραγιγνόμεναι πράκτορες below 319, βρωτῆρας αἰχμάς 803.

189. μύζουσιν οἰκτισμὸν πολύν , ‘make sore and piteous moaning,' a terribly graphic expression for the slow torture of impalement.

191. ἑορτῆς . depends on στέργηθρα: what manner of feast it is ye love, loathed of the gods [lit. what... loving, ye are loathed ...].

192. ὑφηγεῖται , lit. leads to it: i. e. shews it.

195. πλησίοισι , ‘close at hand,' seems rather a feeble word and is perhaps corrupt: though none of the suggestions (πλουσίοισι Pauw., πανθύτοισι Mein., Πυθίοισι Mart., and many others worse) are convincing: Πυθίοισι perhaps the best.

195. τρίβεσθαι μύσος , rub off their foul pollution, a forcible and contemptuous phrase.

201. τοσοῦτο , i. e. as to explain.

203. πρᾶξαι , to exact, plainly the right word here: MSS. read πέμψαι, ‘to send, which is explained as meaning to Agamemnon: but that would surely require τῷ πατρί. τί μήν; lit. 'what then?' i. e. 'why not?' So, e. g. Plat. Theaet. 145 ἢ οὐχ ἅπερ οἱ ἐπιστήμονες ταῦτα καὶ σοφοί ; (answer) τί μήν;

209. κόμπασον γέρας καλόν , ironical: 'go boast thy glorious office!'

211. ἥτις νοσφίσῃ , a woman who slays: the subjunctive indefinite, because, as frequently, the special case is (rhetorically) put in general terms. The absence of av is Epic usage, common in Trag. and found even in Attic prose, οὗ βραχεῖς ἀρκῶσι Thuc. 4. 17, οἵτινες νομίσωσι 4. 18, ᾧ μὴ ᾖ Plat. Phaedr. 247 B.

212. αὐθέντης φόνος , ‘the murder of a kinsman; ' the most fearful pollution according to the Greek view: so much so that a sharp distinction was drawn (as here) between the murder of a husband (not an ὅμαιμος) and the murder of a mother.

222. ἐνθυμουμένην , ‘taking to heart.'

223. πράσσουσαν ἡσυχαιτέραν , ' more remiss in act, the adj. by a common poetic variation for adv. with verb. Somewhat similarly in prose σχολαῖος, χρόνιος, ἄσμενος, etc., are used adverbially.

224. δίκας ἐποπτεύσει , shall watch the pleadings, i. e. direct the trial.' δίκαι plural is usually pleas of right, not vengeance. So δίκας κλύοντες Ag. 813, 'hearing the cause : ' κραίνετε δίκας Cho. 462, ὑστάτας δίκας Suppl. 230, the last trial.

226. δ᾽ οὖν , ‘well then,' impatient and contemptuous. So Prom. 935 ὁ δ᾽ οὖν ποιείτω. τίθου (‘put or make for yourself,' middle), get. πλέω must be read for MSS. πλέον. In Ag. 1299 we have the opposite blunder of the copyist, χρόνῳ πλέω for χρόνον πλέω: mistakes constantly arising from terminations being erroneously assimilated.

228. ὥστε , 202.

230. δίκας μέτειμι τόνδε , i.e. I will sue for justice on him; δίκας being a rather strange sort of internal acc., the δίκαι or pleadings shewing the nature of the pursuit; see line 224. The phrase implies. that the Eumenides are going to submit to a trial: δίκην μέτειμι τόνδε would mean simply I will visit vengeance on his head. μέτειμι and μετελθεῖν are used with three kinds of accusatives, the trial or vengeance, the crime, and the criminal. Here we have trial and criminal: μετῆλθόν σ᾽ αἷμα Eur. Or. 423 (crime and criminal): so ἁρπαγὰς μετήλθετ᾽ Ἰλίου πόλιν Eur. Cycl. 280: Ag. 1666 (criminal only), Cho. 996 (crime only). *

234. εἰ προδῶ , Epic use of eἰ with subj. So εἰ κρανθῇ πρᾶγμα Suppl. 91, μηδ᾽ εἰ στράτευμα πλεῖον ᾖ Pers. 791, εἰ μὴ τοῖον τύχῃ Supp. 400. [Apollo retires : and the Chorus leave the stage. Then the scene is changed to Athens: the temple of Athena Polias on the Acropolis: Orestes enters and kneels as a suppliant before the statue of Athena in the front.] This change of scene, being from one temple to another, would only require the alteration of the side scenes or περίακτοι. These were prismatic or three-sided scenes which were turned round to exhibit different surroundings: rather a primitive device. The altar and temple would remain; only the statues would have to be changed (242). [235-243. SCENE II, Part 1. Orestes prays for protection.]

237. προστρόπαιον , guilty here: see note on 1. 41. ἀφοίβαντον, ‘uncleansed,' from φοῖβος, bright (of course here with reference to the god). (Theocr. uses φοιβάω, to cleanse, later writers φοιβάζω : and φοιβαίνω is found in lexicographers.)

248. φυσιᾷ σπλάγχνον , my heart gasps, loaded and emphatic diction. ἀνδροκμῆσιν has nothing to do with Orestes (as H. Mors.): it is simply, as Schol. understands it, right wearisome.

250. ἀπτέροις . : the Eumenides were not winged, 1. 51.

254. προσγελᾷ , delights : the bold figure not Aeschylean specially, but belonging to the Greek idiom : so σὲ τὰ φυτὰ προσγελάσεται Ar. Pax 600. It is exactly the Lat. adrideo.

256. ἀτίτας , unpunished: lit. unpaying (act.) as Aeschylus always uses τίνω of the culprit who pays penalty. [The word seems used in pass. sense Ag, 72.]

259. πλεχθείς , ‘twined,' a strong word, describing Orestes' despairing clasp of the image.

261-263. δυσαγκόμιστον for δυσανάκομ- : the poetic use

261-263. χαμαί for χαμαὶ ὄν, and Epic passive form χύμενος, cf. Cho. 401.

264. ῥοφεῖν , epexegetic for us to drink.

270. τιν᾿ . ἀσεβῶν is perhaps incomplete, as coming between two dochmiacs it probably should be one itself. The neatest suggestion for completing it is Hermann's τιν᾿ οὐκ εὐσεβῶν. But in the uncertainty of the metre I have left the reading as the MSS. have it, especially as τιν' ἀσεβῶν is a resolved cretic, and we have cretics introduced l. 262, and l.266.

277. καὶ λέγειν , i. e. and I know where it is right to speak. The double construction of ἐπίσταμαι is perhaps a little harsh, but there is no reason to suspect it.

285. ἀβλαβεῖ , harmless; proving that he was purified.

290. αὐτόν , myself: the 'me' is not wanted after emphatic ἐμοί

Critical apparatus to Eumenides (OCR draft) (Latin and Greek critical apparatus to Gottfried Hermann's 1852 edition of Eumenides.) focus

mvp-comment-1-1 τῇδε: Πυ. praefixit Vict. προφῆτις praescriptum in M. Flor. Ven. Nulla nota in G. Ald. Rob. Turn. τῇ τε vitium Ald.

mvp-comment-2-1 τὴν πρωτόμαντιν Γαῖαν· ἐκ δὲ τῆς Θέμιν: Harpocration in v. θεμιστεύειν p. 94, 21. ed. Bekk. θεμιστεύειν ἀντὶ τοῦ χρησμῳδεῖν Λυσίας ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς ἀμβλώσεως, εἰ γνήσιος. ὅτι δὲ γέγονε τὸ ὄνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ Θέμιν ἐσχηκέναι ποτὲ τὸ μαντεῖον πρὸ τοῦ Απόλλωνος (sic Bekkerus ex codice Parisiensi: vulgo ἡλίου), Αισχύλος ἀρχόμενος τῶν Εὐμενίδων φησίν.

mvp-comment-3-1 οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινός: οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινός, nemini vim inferens. Pindarum fortasse tangit. Scholiastes enim ad v. 2. haec adnotavit, Πίνδαρός φησι πρὸς βίαν κρατῆσαι Πυθοῦς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα· διὸ καὶ ταρταρῶσαι αὐτὸν ἐζήτει ἡ Γῆ. Pindarum sequi videtur Euripides in Iphigenia Taurica v. 1234. seqq.

mvp-comment-4-1 Τιτανὶς ἄλλη, παῖς Χθονός: Victorium secuti plerique sic interpungunt, Τιτανίς, ἄλλη παῖς Χθονός, nec rei ratione habita, nec sermonis poetici. Ego, ut iam olim, dedi Τιτανὶς ἄλλη, παῖς Χθονός, ut posse saltem distingui iam Stanleius in curis secundis et Wakefieldius viderant. Deinde za9era Rob.

mvp-comment-5-1 δίδωσιν ἣ: δίδωσιν ἣ Porsonus. δίδωσιν δ᾽ ἣ M. G. Ald. δίδωσι δ᾽ ἢ Ven. (sic Ven. Bekkero teste, δίδωσιν δ᾽ ἣ Franzius affert Flor. Farn. Turn. δίδωσι δ᾽ ἢ Rob.

mvp-comment-6-1 Φοίβῳ· τὸ Φοίβης δ᾽ ὄνομ᾽ ἔχει παρώνυμον: Apollonius in Lexico Homerico p. 164, 10. ed. Bekk. Φοῖβος, ἐπίθετον Απόλλωνος. ὁ μὲν Αἰσχύλος ἀπὸ Φοίβης, τῆς μητρὸς Μητους. V. Wassenberghium ad scholia Hom. p. 151.

mvp-comment-7-1 λίμνην Δηλίαν τε χοιράδα: Scholiastes τὴν Κύνθον. διὰ δὲ τοῦ χοιράδα σχεδὸν τὴν αἰτίαν φησὶ δι᾽ ἣν ἀπέλιπεν Απόλλων, ἐκκλίνων τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦ χωρίου. Deinde ad eundem versum in M. sine lemmate adscriptum τὴν στρογγύλην, quod ad λίμνην pertinet. Lacus huius, τροχοειδοῦς νουcati, mentio est apud Herodotum II. 170. Theognidem v. 7. Euripidem in Iph. Taur. v. 1110. et in Ione v. 168. apud Callimachum h. Apoll. v. 59. Del. v. 261. Δήλιοι χοιράδες sunt apud Euripidem Troad. v. 89.

mvp-comment-8-1 Παρνησσοῦ θ' ἕδρας: Παρνησσοῦ θ᾽ ἕδρας Turn. παρνησοῦ θ᾽ ἕδρας Rob. παρνησοῦσθ᾽ ἕδρας M. G. παρνησούς θ' ἕδρας Flor. Ven. παρνήσους θ' έδρας Farn. πανησοῦς θ᾽ ἕδρας Ald. Scholiastes χαριζόμενος Αθηναίοις καταχθῆναί φησιν ἐκεῖσε Απόλλωνα κἀκεῖθεν τὴν περιπομπὴν αὐτῷ εἶναι. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ἐκ Τανάγρας τῆς Βοιωτίας.

mvp-comment-9-1 σεβίζουσιν: σεβίζουσι Turn. θεσπίζουσι Par.

mvp-comment-10-1 κελευθοποιοὶ: κελευθοπιοὶ Αld. Scholiastes of Αθηναῖοι, Θησεὺς γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν καθῇρε (sic M.) τῶν λῃστῶν· καὶ ὅταν πέμπωσιν εἰς Δελφοὺς θεωρίδα, προέρχονται (προέρχονται γὰρ Μ.) ἔχοντες πελέκεις ὡς διημερώσοντες τὴν γῆν. Hesychius Αφηστιάδαι, Αθηναῖοι. Sed cum Hesychio conferendum est quod Stephanus Byzantius habet, 'Hφαιστιάδαι, δῆμος Ακαμαντίδος φυλῆς, ἐν ᾧ ἦν Ηφαίστου ἱερόν. ὁ δημότης Ἡφαιστιάδης. τὰ τοπικὰ ἐξ Ηφαιστιαδῶν καὶ τὰ λοιπά. Censor Schützianae editionis in Bibliotheca nova Germanica vol. LVI. part. 1. p. 224. seqq. cuius censurae epitome inserta est Beckii Commentariis societatis philologicae vol. II. part. 2. p. 279. seqq. dubitat an Aeschylus simpliciter fabros, non universe Athenienses, solemni pompa, ut deinceps quotannis, Apollinem deduxisse dixerit: quare aliquid excidisse putat inter v. 12. et 13. Quae suspicio eiusmodi est ut certis quidem argumentis nec refelli posse nec probari videatur. Schoemanno, ut Stanleio aliisque, universe Athenienses significari videntur: Erechtheum enim filium esse Vulcani, ὃν τέκε γαίης αὔλακι νυμφεύσας γαμίην Ηφαιστος ξέρσην, ut Nonnus ait XLI. 63. Rem, quam Aeschylus narrat, Strabo tangit IX. p. 646 (422). Conf. Mülleri Orchom. p. 36. et 383. et diss. de tripode Delphico p. 18.

mvp-comment-11-1 ἀνήμερον τιθέντες: ἀνήμερόν τι θέντες Ald.

mvp-comment-12-1 τιμᾷ: τιμαλθεῖ Ven. τημαλφεῖ Ald. Turn. In Rob. pro his verbis, κάρτα τιμαλφεί λεώς, haec e v. 12. repetita sunt, καὶ σεβίζουσιν μέγα.

mvp-comment-13-1 Δελφός: Scholiastes Επαφρόδιτος ἐν ὑπομνήματι Καλλιμάχου Αιτίων β' φησί, Μελανθοῦς τῆς Δευκαλίωνος καὶ Κηφισσοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ γίνεται Μέλαινα τοὔνομα· Μελαίνης δὲ καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Δελφός, ἀφ' οὗ οἱ Δελφοί. Tzetzes ad Lycophr. v. 208. — κἂν ἄλλοι φασὶ Δελφοὺς κληθῆναι ἀπὸ Δελφοῦ υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Μελανθοῦς τῆς Δευκαλίωνος θυγατρός. Alia narrat Pausanias X. 6.

mvp-comment-14-1 ἐν θρόνοις: ἐν θρόνοις Turn. ἐν χρόνοις M. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-15-1 Διὸς προφήτης δ᾽ ἐστὶ Λοξίας πατρός: Libri διὸς προφήτης δ᾽ ἐστὶ λοξίας πατρός, nisi quod G. Ald. δ᾽ ἐστὶν habent. Sed Macrobius Sat. V. 22. ita scriptum affert hunc versum, πατρὸς προφήτης ἐστὶ Λοξίας Διός. Dubitari potest utro ordine melius haec dicantur.

mvp-comment-16-1 Παλλὰς προναία δ᾽ εὐλόγως πρεσβεύεται: Libri παλλὰς προναία δ᾽ ἐν λόγοις πρεσβεύεται, nisi quod in Ven. προναία esse adnotavit Bekkerus. Scribendum προνάα. De Minerva zgoraía sive noroi praeter alios disputavit Lennepius ad Phalar. p. 143. seqq. Εί πρόνοια sola vera appellatio videbatur. Alterum nomen ut verius atque antiquius defendit 0. Müllerus in iis quae de Pallade scripsit in Encyclopaedia universali III. 10. p. 101. Atque hane nominis formam Delphis usitatam fuisse constat nunc ex duabus inscriptionibus ab Ernesto Curtio in Anecdotis Delphicis p. 77. et 78. editis, in quibus scriptum est ΤΑΙΑΘΑΝ. ΑΙΤΑΙΡΟΝΑΙΑΙ. De situ templi huius deae Delphici exposuit H. N. Vlrichsius in Itinere Graeco (Reisen und forschungen in Griechenland) vol. I. p. 45. et 263. Quod apud Aeschylum sequitur ἐν λόγοις πρεσβεύεται, simili orationis specie dictum est in Choeph. v. 621. κακῶν δὲ πρεσβεύεται τὸ Λήμνιον λόγο. Sed hic tamen non satis aptum videtur ἐν λόγοις. Scribendum putavi Παλλὰς προνάα δ᾽ εὐλόγως πρεσβεύεται. Suppl. v. 574. τίν ἂν θεῶν ἐνδικωτέροισιν κεκλοίμαν εὐλόγως ἐπ' ἔργοις;

mvp-comment-17-1 Κωρυκὶς: κωρυκεὶς Ald. De Corycio antro dixit Vlrichsius p. 48. 55. 119. 126.

mvp-comment-18-1 ἀναστροφαί: ἀναστροφαί Ven. Flor. Farn. ἀναστροφὴ Μ. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἀναστροφὴ Victorius ex scholio ad sequentem versum in M. adscripto διὸ εἶπε δαιμόνων ἀναστροφή. Recipiendum erat ἀναστροφαί. Nulla est enim in plurali numero offensio. V. Pors. ad Eur. Or. v. 1051.

mvp-comment-19-1 Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον: βρόμιος δ' έχει Ven. Flor. G. Ald. Turn. et haud dubie etiam Farn. Non est d'in M. Rob. Erravit autem qui addidit. Aeschylus enim ne in primo quidem pede anapaestum admisit, qui sola positione esset anapaestus, praeter hos duos versus, Pers. 338. ἑκατὸν δὲς ἦσαν, et Ag. 487. ὑπατός τε χώρας Ζεύς, ubi excusatio est ex quadam necessitate. Hic autem non dubito quin versus ante hunc exciderit. Quare lacunae signa posui. χώρων Rob.

mvp-comment-20-1 ἐξ οὗτε: ἐξ οὗγε Porsonus, ut in Persis v. 763. in codice Veneto B. scriptum est.

mvp-comment-21-1 λαγὼ: λαγῶ Ven. Farn.

mvp-comment-22-1 Πλειστοῦ ... Ποσειδῶνος: πλείστους M. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Πλείστου Turn. Πλειστοῦ ex Stanleii in curis secundis sententia Dindorfius. Εtym. Μ. p. 676. 5. Πλειστοῖο. Απολλώνιος (ΙΙ. 711.) "πολλὰ δὲ Κωρύκια νύμφαι Πλειστοῖο θύγατρες.” τινὲς ἀναγιγνώσκουσι προπερισπώμένως, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων λέγεται Πλειστός ὀξυτόνως. ἔστι δὲ ποταμὸς ἐν Δελφοῖς. Ἡρωδιανὸς δὲ ἐν τῷ Καθόλου Πλεῖστος βαρύνει. Scholiastes ad Ποσειδῶνος κράτος haec adnotavit, τὴν Πυθὼ τὴν Ποσειδῶνος, ὑπὲρ ἧς Καλαύρειαν ἐδέξατο. Καλλίμαχος “μέσφα Καλαυρείης ἦλθεν ἐς ἀντίδοσιν.” Aliter hoc narrat Strabo VIII. p. 373. seq. (574.) Καλαυρία, νησίδιον ὅσον τριάκοντα σταδίων ἔχον τὸν κύκλον. ἐνταῦθα ἦν ἄσυλον Ποσειδῶνος ἱερόν· καί φασι τὸν θεὸν τοῦτον ἀλλάξασθαι πρὸς μὲν Λητὼ τὴν Καλαυρίαν, ἀντιδόντα Δῆλον, πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνα δὲ Ταίναρον, ἀντιδόντα Πυθώ. Ἔφορος δὲ καὶ τὸν χρησμὸν λέγει· ισόν τοι Δῆλον τε Καλαυριάν τε νέμεσθαι, Πυθώ τ' ἀγαθέην καὶ Ταίναρον ἠνεμόεντα. Pausanias X. 5, 6. ἔστι δὲ ἐν Ἕλλησι ποίησις, ὄνομα μὲν τοῖς ἔπεσίν ἐστι Ευμολπία, Μουσαίῳ δὲ τῷ Αντισφήμου προςποιοῦσι τὰ ἔπη· πεποιημένον οὖν ἐστὶν ἐν τούτοις Ποσειδῶνος ἐν κοινῷ καὶ Γῆς εἶναι τὸ μαντεῖον, καὶ τὴν μὲν χρᾶν αὐτήν, Ποσειδῶνι δὲ ὑπηρέτην ἐς τὰ μαντεύματα εἶναι Πύρκωνα. καὶ οὕτως ἔχει τὰ ἔπη, αὐτίκα δὲ Χθὼν μὲν σφῶῖν πινυτὸν φάτο μῦθον, σὺν δέ τε Πύρκων ἀμφίπολος κλυτοῦ Ἐννοσιγαίου (ita scribendum). Κρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον, ὅσον Γῇ μετῆν, δοθῆναι Θέμιδι ὑπ' αὐτῆς λέγουσιν, Απόλλωνα δὲ παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβεῖν δωρεάν· Ποσειδῶνι δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ μαντείου Καλαύρειαν ἀντιδοῦναι φασιν αὐτὸν τὴν πρὸ Τροιζῆνος. Erat autem in templo Delphico ara Neptuni. Pausanias X. 24, 4. ἐν δὲ τῷ ναῷ πεποίηται μὲν Ποσειδῶνος βωμός, ὅτι τὸ μαντεῖον τὸ ἀρχαιότατον κτῆμα ἦν καὶ Ποσειδῶνος, ἔστηκε δὲ καὶ ἀγάλματα Μοιρῶν δύο· ἀντὶ δὲ αὐτῶν τῆς τρίτης Ζεύς τε Μοιραγέτης καὶ ᾿Απόλλων σφίσι παρέστηκε Μοιραγέτης. Wieselerus memoravit Tzetzae ad Lycophr. v. 617. adnotationem, Αμοιβέα τὸν Ποσειδῶνα λέγει· οὕτω γὰρ ἐν Δελφοῖς τιμᾶται, ἐπεὶ ἠμείψαντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁ μὲν Ποσειδῶν Καλαυρίαν, ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων Δελφούς, ὡς φησὶ Καλλίμαχος.

mvp-comment-23-1 Δία,: Recte in fine versus comma positum in Ald. Turn. Nulla interpunctio est in Rob. Vulgo inde a Victorio plene interpungitur.

mvp-comment-24-1 μακρῷ: μεστῶν pro με τῶν Par. μακρῶν Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-25-1 κεἰ πάρ᾽: κει παρ' Rob. Ceteri κει παρ'. Recte Abreschius κεἰ πάρ'.

mvp-comment-26-1 ἴτων: ἴτων M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. et, ut videtur, Ven. ἴτην Farn. et, ut videtur, Flor. De sortitione oraculum consulentium v. Spanh. ad Callim. h. Apoll. v. 45.

mvp-comment-27-1 μαντεύομαι: μαντεύονται Ven. In margine codicum M. G. adscriptum est διάλειμμα γάρ. Etenim post hunc versum sacerdos Pythia in templum introit, mox autem revertitur.

mvp-comment-28-1 λέξαι: λείξαι Ald.

mvp-comment-29-1 σθένειν μήτε μ' ἀκταίνειν βάσιν: σωβεῖν Par. Deinde μή τ' ἐμακταίνειν Ald. Scholiastes ἀκταίνειν interpretatur κουφίζειν· σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸ γαυριᾶν καὶ ατάκτως πηδῶν. Ex hoc loco, ut videtur, Hesychius ακταίνειν, μεταεωρίζειν. Εtym. Μ. p. 54, 34. ἀκταίνω. ἐπὶ ἵππων ἀκταίνειν, τὸ μετεωρίζεσθαι καὶ ἐπαίρεσθαι, καὶ γαυριᾶν. παρὰ τὸ ἦκται ἀκτός, καὶ ῥῆμα ἀκτῶ, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἀκταίνω τὸ κουφίζω παρὰ Αἰσχύλῳ, uti emendavit Ruhnkenius ad Tim. p. 21. ibidem p. 20. afferens quae apud Phrynichum (in Bekkeri Anecd. p. 23, 12.) leguntur, Αἰσχύλος “οὐκέτ ἀκταίνω” φησί, βαρυτόνως, οἷον οὐκέτι ὀρθοῦν δύναμαι ἐμαυτήν. In fine versus libri στάσιν, neque vituperari hoc potest, non erecta stare possum. Sed in M. G. supra adscriptum γρ. βάσιν, quod a Stephano commemoratum inde a Cantero plerique receperunt. Et videtur praestare.

mvp-comment-30-1 ποδωκίᾳ: Scholiastes ad v. 39. τὰ δεινὰ ἐξέπεμψέ με τοῦ μαντείου. ἰδοῦσα γὰρ Ὀρέστην ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ καὶ τὰς Ἐρινύας κοιμωμένας, ἔξεισι τεταραγμένη τετραποδηδὸν ἐκ τοῦ νεώ. Nihil aliud sacerdos indicat, quam manuum adiumento sibi ad incedendum opus esse. ποδωκείᾳ Flor. ποδωκεία Ven.

mvp-comment-31-1 οὐδέν, ἀντίπαις μὲν οὖν: Male μὲν οὖν olim mutaveram in μένος. Nam οὐδέν significat quod nos dicimus es ist nichts damit. Inde explicatio addi potest, quae, si οὐδέν graviorem haberet significationem, supervacanea atque inepta foret. Suppl. v. 719. γυνὴ μονωθεῖσ᾽ οὐδέν· οὐκ ἔνεστ᾽ Ἄρης. Euripides Hec. v. 626. τὰ δ᾽ οὐδén· ἄλλως φροντίδων βουλεύματα, γλώσσης τε κόμποι. Huius οὐδέν exempla inveniuntur etiam in Phoen. v. 417. εὖ πρᾶσσε· τὰ φίλων δ᾽ οὐδέν, ἤν τις δυςτυχῇ. Androm. v. 642. σὺ δ᾽ οὐδὲν εἶ. Iph. Taur. v. 114. τοὺς πόνους γὰρ ἀγαθοὶ τολμῶσι, δειλοὶ δ᾽ εἰσὶν οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ. Cycl. v. 639. ἄνδρες πονηροὶ κοὐδὲν οἶδε σύμμαχοι.

mvp-comment-32-1 ὀμφαλῷ ... θεομυσῆ: ὀφθαλμῷ Ven. θεομυσῆ Μ. θεομυσῇ Rob. θεομιση G. Ven. Farn. Ald. Θεομισεῖ Turn.

mvp-comment-33-1 ἕδραν ἔχοντα: ἕδρας Flor. Farn. ἔχοντα Ven. Flor. Turn. et in corrigendis Robortellus. Sic, ut videtur, etiam Farn. ἔχοντι M. G. Par. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-34-1 νεοσπαδὲς: νεοσπαδὲς M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. νεοσπαθές Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-35-1 λῆνῃ μεγίστῃ σωφρόνως ἐστεμμένον: Libri λήνει μεγίστῳ σωφρόνως ἐστεμμένον, nisi quod λίνει habent Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. et μεγίστω sine iota subscripto G. Ald. Rob. Valckenarius ad Phoen. v. 994. “pro λήνει μεγίστῳ,” inquit, “Georg. Arnaldus in margine libri posuerat λήγει μὲν ολός, quae correctio mihi quidem Hemsterbusii videtur, quem docentem audierat." Exemplum dicit editionis Victorianae: id ego nunc possideo. Coniectura autem illa, cuiuscumque sit, non est talis quae inventori laudem parere possit. Nam nec uév hic locum habet, ut vidit Abreschius, neque, quod Schützius intellexit, opus habitura essent haec verba explicatione quam adiecit poeta. Mirum quantum differt illud, ἅλω δὲ πολλήν, ἀσπίδος κύκλον λέγω, ab Iosepho Scaligero, quem memoral Valckenarius, ad Varronem p. 49. comparatum. Sed ut λήνει μεγίστῳ a poeta dictum esse existimem, adduci non possum. Videtur Aeschylus scripsisse λήνει μεγιστοσοφρόνως ἐστεμμένον. Sic μεγιστότιμος invenitur in Suppl. v. 679.

mvp-comment-36-1 πρόσθεν δὲ τἀνδρὸς ... θαυμαστὸς λόχος: προέθεν Rob. Deinde δὲ τἀνδρὸς Ven. Flor. Turn. δέ τ' ἀνδρὸς M. G. Ald. Rob. Deinde θαυμαστὸς λόγος M. Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn. θαυμαστὸν λέχος G. (sic G.) Par. Ald.

mvp-comment-37-1 εὕδει: ἅδει pro εὕδει Ald.

mvp-comment-38-1 Γοργόνας: Similitudinem Furiarum cum Gorgonibus latius quam par erat extendit Böttigerus in libro de personis Furiarum p. 13. seqq. et p. 112. seqq. Sequemur, ut certa, quae ipse Aeschylus veteresque. tradunt: hic in Prometheo v. 799. πέλας δ᾽ ἀδελφαὶ τῶνδε τρεις κατάπτεροι, δρακοντόμαλλοι Γοργόνες βροτοστυγεῖς. Choeph. v. 1045. ποῖαι γυναῖκες αἵδε Γοργόνων δίκην φαιοχίτωνες καὶ πεπλεκτανημέναι πυκνοῖς δράκουσιν ; ex illis autem Pausanias I. 28, 6. πρῶτος δέ σφισιν (Furiis) Αισχύλος δράκοντας ἐποίησεν ὁμοῦ ταῖς ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ θριξὶν εἶναι.

mvp-comment-39-1 εἶδόν ποτ᾽ ἤδη: εἶδόν ποτ' ἤδη M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn. εἶδόν ποτ᾽ εἶδον Ven. Flor. Farn. Ante hunc versum Wakefieldius et Northmorus versum excidisse putarunt, scholiis eam suspicionem adiuvare visis. Scholiastae in codice M. ad v. 50. haec est adnotatio, nullo praemisso lemmate, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ Αρπυίας αὐτὰς λέγω. εἶδον γὰρ αὐτὰς ἐν γραφῇ πτερωτάς. At non potest ex isto scholio versus restitui qualem confinxit Wakefieldius, metro laborantem, aut qualem Schutzius, metri vitio carentem. Excidisse videntur ante versum 52. plures versus, in quibus sacerdos dixerat, cur terrificae illae mulieres non viderentur esse Gorgones, et deinde Harpyias nominaverat. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 20. Dindorfio post haec verba, εἶδόν ποτ᾽ ἤδη, lacunam statuenti assensus est Linwoodius. De ea re ambigi potest: illud certum est, mancam esse sacerdotis orationem.

mvp-comment-40-1 βδελύκτροποι: βδελύκτροποι M. G. Turn, βδελύκτοποι Ald. κδελύτροποι Rob. quod in corrigendis in βδελύτροποι mulari iubetur. βδελύτροποι Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-41-1 οὐ πλαστοῖσι φυσιάμασιν: Schutzius haec ita interpretatus est, slertunt autem halitu, cui periculosum est appropinquare. Haec interpretatio si vera esset, scribendum esset οὐ πλατοῖσι, ut Elmsleius voluit ad Eur. Med. v. 149. Sed quod libri habent, οὐ πλαστοῖσι φυσιάμασιν, recte puto Stanleium interpretatum esse non fictis flatibus. Similiter Aeschylus loquitur in Prometheo v. 1034. πρὸς ταῦτα βούλευ· ὡς ὁδ᾽ οὐ πεπλασμένος ὁ κόμπος, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν εἰρημένος. In Sept. c. Th. 894. ἐτύμως δακρυχέων ἐκ φρενός. In Eum. v. 489. πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔτυμα παιδότρωτα πάθεα προςμένει τοκεῦσιν μεταὖθις ἐν χρόνῳ.

mvp-comment-42-1 λείβουσι δυςφιλῆ λίβα: λοίβουσι δυσφαλῆ Rob. Deinde δία M. G. Ald. codex Robortelli. βίαν Rob. ex coniectura Sophiani et Turnebus, et habent βίαν Ven. Flor. et, ut videtur, Farn. Egregie Burgesius λίβα. V. ad Choeph. v. 299. Similiter dixit Aeschylus in Choeph. v. 1055. κἀς ὀμμάτων στάζουσιν αἷμα δυςφιλές.

mvp-comment-43-1 τὸ φῦλον οὐκ ὄπωπα τῆσδ᾽ ὁμιλίας: Vix quisquam explicet, quomodo Schutzius adduci potuerit, ut haec ita interpretaretur, nusquam vidi mulierum genus, quocum hunc coetum comparare possem. . Hoc dicitur, genus huius societatis, vel nationem huius gentis non vidi.

mvp-comment-44-1 οὐδ᾽ ἥτις αἶα: οὐδ᾽ ἥτις αλα M. Rob. οὐδ᾽ ὅτι γαῖα Ven. (sic Ven. Flor. Farn. οὐδ᾽ εἴτις γαῖα G. Ald. οὐ δή τι γαῖα Turn.

mvp-comment-45-1 ἀνατὶ ... πόνον: ἀνατὶ Dindorfius. ἀνατεῖ Turn. ἀνατεί ceteri. Deinde μεμετὰ στένειν Turn. Denique πόνον Arnaldus. Libri πόνων. Legit πόvor etiam scholiastes, in cuius adnotatione, τὸ τῆς ἀνατροφῆς, scribendum est τὸν pro τό. Euripides Phoen. v. 1434. ἔκλαι, ἐθρήνει τὸν πολὺν μαστῶν πόνον στένουσα.

mvp-comment-46-1 τἀντεῦθεν ἤδη: τἀντεῖθεν ήδη M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. τάντεῦθε μὲν οὖν Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-47-1 δωμάτων: δομάτων G. Non opus est Wakefieldii coniectura, δειμάτων.

mvp-comment-48-1 οὔτοι προδώσω: Personae notam omittunt G. Ald. Sed in G. adscriptum στροφή. πρὸς Ὀρέστην Απόλλων, ἀπέστη γὰρ ἡ ἱέρεια. In M. adseriptum πρὸς Ὀρέστην φησίν. ἀπέστη γὰρ ἡ ἱέρεια. Scholiastes ἐπιφανεὶς Ἀπόλλων συμβουλεύει Ὀρέστῃ καταλιπεῖν μὲν τὸ μαντεῖον, φυγεῖν δὲ εἰς ᾿Αθήνας, καὶ δευτέρα δὲ γίνεται φαντασία, στραφέντα γὰρ μηχανήματα ἔνδηλα ποιεῖ τὰ κατὰ τὸ μαντεῖον ὡς ἔχει. καὶ γίνεται ὄψις τραγική, τὸ μὲν ξίφος ᾑμαγμένον· ἔτι κατέχων Ὀρέστης, αἳ δὲ κύκλῳ φρουροῦσαι αὐτόν. Haec non recte ad hunc versum adscripta esse videntur, quum deberent ad v. 97. adnotari. Eodem modo scholion, quod ad ipsum fabulae initium ponendum fuerat, ad v. 48. adscriptum est. Certe hic non cogitandum est de versis machinis. Nam non solum nulla caussa erat cur nunc Furiae conspicerentur, sed etiam importune poeta animos spectatorum novo isto et terribili adspectu Furiarum avocasset ab audiendo Apollinis et Orestis colloquio. Prodeunt ex templo Apollo, Orestes, Mercurius. Dixi de hac re in Opusculis vol. VI. 2. p. 163. et in Anualium Vindobonensium vol. CXI. p. 246. seqq. προδόσω G. Ald. προδώσο Rob.

mvp-comment-49-1 καὶ πρόσω γ᾽ ἀποστατῶν: Recte Blomfieldius καὶ πρόσω γ' ἀποστατῶν. Libri καὶ πρόσω δ᾽ ἀποστατῶν. Sed hic quidem και - δέ ineptum est.

mvp-comment-50-1 ἐχθροῖσι: ἐχθροῖς Ald. Pro πρέπων aliam lectionem, πέπων, memorat scholiastes.

mvp-comment-51-1 ἁλούσας: εἰλούσας Rob. Interpunctionem, quae post vлvo erat, post dous recte transtulit Bothius.

mvp-comment-52-1 ὕπνῳ πεσοῦσαι δ': Libri πεσοῦσαι δ', nisi quod πεσοῦμαι δ' Ven. πεποῦσαι δ' Ald. Quod in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 23. putabam, participium pro verbo finito positum esse, probari non potest, quia participium aoristi ita usurpari nequit. Non puto tamen aliquid mutandum esse, quamquam non inepte scriberetur ὕπνῳ πνέουσι δ', ut in Choeph. v. 611. sed videtur potius huiusmodi versus excidisse, ἐν τοῖςδε τοῖς θρόνοισιν ἀσθενεῖς πάρα. Quare lacunae signa posui.

mvp-comment-53-1 γραῖαι, παλαιαὶ παῖδες: Libri γραῖαι παλαιαὶ παῖδες. Adscriptum est in M. hoc scholion, sine lemmate, πολιαὶ γάρ (hoc ad γραῖαι παλαιαί pertinet). παῖδες, διὰ τὸ νέον· ἢ ἐπειδὴ ἄγαμοι καὶ παρθένοι εἰσί. τὸ ἀλλόκοτον δὲ τῆς φύσεως διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τραγικώτερον διασύρει. Valckenarius ad Callimachi elegiarum fragmenta p. 147. "primum corrigebam,” inquit, “πέλουσι δ' αἱ κατάπτυστοι κόραι Γαίας παλαιαὶ παῖδες. et certe, secundum Hesiodum Theog. v. 185, Furias terra genuit: postea credere malui, vocem youîai esse vicinarum interpretamentum, Aeschylum dedisse Νυκτὸς παλαιαὶ παῖδες· ut infra v. 322. 419. 748. 1036.” (319. 408. 737. 1015.) "Servius in Virg. Αen. III. 212.” Ex his πέλουσι miror viro summo in mentem venisse, quem meminisse oportebat Euripidi facilius quam Aeschylo convenire huiusmodi expositionem, quae ad solos spectatores pertineret. Illud alterum autem, Νυκτός, et ingeniosum est et videtur esse verum.

mvp-comment-54-1 κἀγένοντ', ἐπεὶ κακὸν: ἐπὶ κακὸν G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-55-1 μισήματ᾽: μίσημα τ' ἀνδρῶν G. Ald.

mvp-comment-56-1 ἐλῶσι ... μακρᾶς: ἑλῶσι G. Ald. μακρὰς G.

mvp-comment-57-1 βιβῶντ᾽ ἀν' ἀεὶ τὴν πλανοστιβῆ χθόνα: βεβῶντ᾽ ἂν αἰεὶ τὴν M. Par. Rob. βεβῶντ᾽ ἂν ἀείτην G. Ald. βεβόντ᾽ ἂν αἰεὶ τὴν Ven. Flor. βεβόντ' αἰεὶ τὴν Farn. βεβῶντ' ἀνατεὶ τὴν Turn. Deinde πλανοστηβῆ χθόνα Rob. Stephanus probavit ἀνατεί, sed βεβῶτα aut βιβῶντα scribendum putavit. Ει βεβῶν ἀνατεί editores receperunt. Dixi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 24. scribendum esse ἂν ἀεί, ea praepositionis collocatione, a qua ne prosa quidem oratio abstinuit. Sic enim Plato Leg. VIII. p. 832. C. ἀλλ' ἀκόντων ἑκοῦσα ἄρχει σὺν ἀεί τινι βίᾳ. Verum non erat retinendum βεβῶτα, sed recepta altera Stephani coniectura, βιβῶντα, quae in librorum scriptura latet, ita scribendum, βιβῶντ᾽ ἂν ἀεὶ τὴν πλανοστιβῆ χθόνα. Non obstat quod ßißor in iis quas habemus tragicorum fabulis non invenitur. Vtitur eo verbo praeter epicos Pindarus.

mvp-comment-58-1 πόντον: πόντον Turnebus. πόντου M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-59-1 βουκολούμενος: Non satis accurate scholiastes βουκολούμενος per περιέπων explicat. Inest enim in hoc verbo diu frustrati laboris significatio, neque active, sed passive intelligendum est.

mvp-comment-60-1 Παλλάδος ποτὶ πτόλιν: παλλάδος ποτὶ πτόλιν G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn. et ex emendatione Sophiani Rob. ποτὶ πτόλιν παλλάδος M. et codex Robortelli: sed in M. verus verborum ordo litteris asupra adscriptis indicatur.

mvp-comment-61-1 ἵζου ... ἄγκαθεν: ἕζου 'Turn. Αγκαθεν scholiastes recte interpretatur ἐν ἀγκάλαις. V. ad Ag. v. 3.

mvp-comment-62-1 μὴ ἀδικεῖν: μὴ ἀδικεῖν Ven. Flor. Farn. In Flor. Farn. συνίζησις adscriptum. μὴ ἀδικεῖν M. Rob. μὴδικεῖν G. Ald. Turn. μὴ δοκεῖν codex Robortelli.

mvp-comment-63-1 ἐπίστᾳ ... μὴ ἀμελεῖν: ἐπίστα Porsonus. ἐπίσται Μ. ἐπίστα ceteri. Deinde μὴ ἀμελεῖν Ven. Flor. Farn. συνίζησις adscriptum in Flor. Farn. μὴ μελεῖν Μ. μὴμελεῖν G. Turn. μὴ μελεῖν Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-64-1 ἐκνόμων σέβας: τόδ' ἐκνύμων σέβας M. G. Ven. τόδ᾽ ἐκ νόμων σέβας Ald. Rob. Turn. xvóμwr an ix róuor habeant Flor. Farn. ignoratur. In Opusc. VI. 2. p. 25. putabam scribendum esse izvóµws, valde. Nihil mutandum est, sed retinendum τόδ᾽ ἐκνόμων σέβας. Recte scholiastes τὸ τῶν ἱκετῶν σέβισμα καὶ δέημα οὐ μόνον τιμᾷ ὁ Ζεύς, ἀλλὰ καὶ σέβει, ὁρῶν αὐτὸ ὁρμώμενον προςηκούσῃ τύχῃ. Suidas et Zonaras ἐκνόμοις, παρανόμοις. Est autem afinitas quaedam vocabulorum scelere contaminatos significantium et eos qui ob hanc caussam supplices ad templa deorum accedunt. Sic oоçτóñάiç sceleratum significat, idque etiam in talibus locis, a quibus propria huius vocabuli significatio alienissima est, ut in hac ipsa fabula v. 236. 437. Vt hic ¿zróµwv ot- Bas, ita v. 433. oeuvòs noosíztwo dicitur. Significatur autem misericordiam non deesse sceleratis a fido comite adiutis.

mvp-comment-65-1 εὕδοιτ᾽ ἄν: Abeunt Orestes et Mercurius. Apollo in templum revertitur. Clytemnestrae umbra per ávaníɛoua, quod in proscenio erat, emittitur.

mvp-comment-66-1 ὧν: Libri s. Rectissime Tyrwhittus et Wakefieldius dr. Sic legit scholiastes, male intelligens: adnotavit enim haec, kɛina ɛlµí, vnèg ὧν ἐφόνευσα Αγαμέμνονα ἀπώσασθε. καὶ οἱ ἐμὲ φονεύσαντες οὐκ áriμázovτai. Hoc dicit, me vero sic a vobis neglectam inter alios mortuos non deserunt opprobria eorum quos occidi, Agamemnonis. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 26. seq.

mvp-comment-67-1 ἀλῶμαι: ἄλωμαι Ald.

mvp-comment-68-1 παθοῦσα δ᾽: παθοῦσα γ' οὕτω Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-69-1 οὐδεὶs ... ὑπέρ μου: ovdeis d' Ven. Flor. Farn. ὑπὲρ μοῦ G. Ald. et Bekkero teste Ven. ὑπερμοῦ Rob. ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ Farn.

mvp-comment-70-1 χερῶν: χειρῶν G. Ald.

mvp-comment-71-1 καρδίας ὅθεν: καρδίαι σέθεν Μ. καρδία σέθεν G. Par. Flor. καρδία σέθεν Ven. Farn. Rob. καρδίας σέθεν Ald. Turn. καρδίας ἔθεν, id ut esset idem quod quédev, Canterus scribendum putabat. Defendit Schoemannus καρδίᾳ σέθεν. Sed ad δρα plane inutiliter καρδίᾳ σέθεν additum esset, praesertim quum oé v prorsus supervacaneum sit. Scripsi, ut in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 28. scribendum esse dixeram, ὅρα δὲ πληγὰς τάςδε καρδίας ὅθεν. O. Müllero hanc emendationem eo evertere conanti, quod v. 582. Orestes matrem interfecisse dicitur ξιφουλκῇ χειρὶ πρὸς δέρην τεμών, assensus est Linwoodius. Quasi tam anxie haec rimanda essent, aut quasi nemo gladio superne iugulo alicuius defixo cor percutere possit. Ipse Linwoodius καρδίας σέθεν scripsit et πληγάς καρδίας metaphorice dictas ad convicia a Clytaemnestrae choro iniecta referendas putavit. Hoc nemo intellexisset. Contorta sunt et improbabilia quae Schne dewinus in Notitiis litterariis Gottingensibus a. 1845. p. 1948 seqq. de his versibus protulit.

mvp-comment-72-1 ὄμμασιν: uuao Victorius et sic Ven. ouao M. G. Flor. Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-73-1 μοῖρ᾽ ἀπρόσκοπος βροτῶν: μοῖρα πρόσκοπος M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. μοῖρα πρό-σκοπτος Rob. Recte Turnebus μοῖρ᾽ ἀπρόσκοπος ex hac scholiastae adnotatione, ἡ τῆς φρενὸς μοῖρα οὐ προορᾷ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Deinde libri Poorur, inepte. Scribendum, ut in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 29 dixi, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ δὲ μοῖρ᾽ ἀπρόσκοπος φρενῶν. Ita legit scholiastes, cuius adnotationem modo attuli. Stanleius praeter alia haec comparavit Ciceronis de divin. I. 30. quum ergo est somno serocalus animus a societate et contagione corporis, tum meminit praeteritorum, praesentia cernit, futura praevidet. Mirifice fallitur Linwoodius, qui hos duo versus 107. et 108. aliunde insertos putat. Recte scholiastes ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν ὁ νοῦς ἀκριβέστερον ὁρᾷ, μὴ παραπλανώμενος τῇ θέᾳ. τραγικώτερον δὲ τὸ εἴδωλον Κλυταιμνήστρας σώζει τὴν oqay. Haec igitur dicit Clytemnestra, vide haec vulnera cordis, a quo illata sunt: nam in somnis mens claro oculorum lumine utitur; interdiu vero non est eius sors ut longe videat.

mvp-comment-74-1 νηφάλια: mália Rob. Turn. vigáλia M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald.

mvp-comment-75-1 νυκτίσεμνα: νυκτίσεμνα Turn. νυκτίσεμνά Μ. νυκτὶ σεμνὰ G. Flor. Ald. Rob. et Bekkero teste Ven.

mvp-comment-76-1 ἔθυον: εv9vov Ald. male lecta scriptura codicis G. De accusativo our dixit Elmsleius ad Bacch. v. 722.

mvp-comment-77-1 καὶ πάντα ταῦτα: καὶ ταῦτα πάντα Par.

mvp-comment-78-1 ὃ δ᾽ ἐξαλύξας ... νεβροῦ: odişahé§as codex Robortelli: ipse ex emendatione Sophiani ó d'¿§akvğaç dedit, quod ceteri libri omnes habent. Deinde veßooũ M. Rob. vεzgov G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn. Deinde dízɛır Ald.

mvp-comment-79-1 ἀρκυστάτων: ἀρκυστάτων Turnebus. αρκυσμάτων Μ. ἀρκυσμάτων G. Ven. Flor. Par. Rob. άozioµátov Ald. dozvoμtwv ex Farn. affertur.

mvp-comment-80-1 ὑμῖν ... ἐγκατιλλώψας: ἡμῖν Bekkero teste Ven. Deinde ἐγκατιλλώψας Turn. ἐκκατιλλώψας M. G. Ven. (Bekkero teste). Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob. In Farn. glossa χλεβάσας, i. e. χλευάσας. In M. adscriptum χλευάσας, ἐγγελάσας. διὰ δὲ τούτων ερεθίζει αὐτάς.

mvp-comment-81-1 ἀκούσαθ᾽ ὡς ἔλεξα: Nihil hic mutandum erat. Audite, inquit: nam de capitali meo periculo loquor: recipite mentem el cogitationem, expergefactae.

mvp-comment-82-1 Κλυταιμνήστρα: κλυταιμνήστρας Ven. Recte Wakefieldius et Schützius intellexerunt hoc dicere Clytaemnestram, ego illa Clytemnestra, quae umbra sum el somnium, vos invoco.

mvp-comment-83-1 NA: Sequuntur epodica: respondet enim uvyμòs uvyµ@, wyμòs ὠγμῷ, et deinde epodum constituit μυγμὸς ille διπλοῦς ὀξύς, et quae somnians loquitur chorus. Chori nomen versibus 120. 123. 126. 129. 132. praefixum in Rob. Turn. In Ald. versibus 120. 126. In M. personae lineolis distinctae sunt. Omissae personarum notae in G. In Ven. Flor. Farn. versibus 120. 123. 126. 129. praefixum nóλλwv.

mvp-comment-84-1 ἀνὴρ: Libri ário, nisi quod avio est in Farn.

mvp-comment-85-1 προςίκτορες: Huic versui άn'. praefixum in Rob. Libri φίλοις γάρ εἰσιν οὐκ ἐμοῖς προσέκτορες, et G. quidem commate post εἰσιν posito. yag eloìv Ald. Rob. Horum verborum quae prolatae sunt explicationes, ipsis Graecis verbis obscuriores sunt. Schützius scribendum putavit qi- λοι γὰρ εἰσίν, οὐκ ἐμοί, προςίκτορος, quod sic interpretatur, sunt enim (dii) amici cius supplicis, sive eum supplicem recepturi, iidemque mihi haud amici. At haec sententia et alium verborum ordinem et ¿uov requireret. Quod olim dedi, φίλοι γὰρ εἰσὶν οὐκ ἐμοὶ προςίκτορες, που est mihi amicum praesidium, propterea displicet, quod qio non recte in initio positum est. Scribendum est, ut in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 32. seqq. demonstravi, φίλοις γάρ εἰσιν, οὐκ ἐμοί, προςίκτορες, cognatis enim meis sunt, non mihi, ad quorum praesidium confugiant. Iposizτoges hic non supplices, ut v. 433. sed eos significat, ad quos quis supplex accedit. Sic Ζεὺς ἀφίκτωρ in initio Supplicum, sic προς- Tónшos, et alia: ipsum nomen izétys sic quidam accipiebant, de qua re v. Eustathium p. 1807, 5.

mvp-comment-86-1 ἄγαν ... ὑπνώσσεις: ayar y Ven. Flor. Farn. υπνώσεις Rob.

mvp-comment-87-1 ὠγμός: ωγμός Rob. μωγμὸς M. Ven. Flor. μυγμός G. Farn. Ald. Turn. sed in G. v puncto notatum et supra scriptum w.

mvp-comment-88-1 ὤζεις ... οὐκ: άζεις G. Ald. ώξεις Rob. Eustathius p. 127, 10. παρὰ τὸ ὦ ὤζω ἐν Αἰσχύλῳ. 7/1 O. Müllero scribendum videbatur Çaç vaνός- oovo'; Ea mutatione non opus est. οὐκ Μ. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. κοὐκ Ven. Flor. Farn. Deinde libri dvaotion.

mvp-comment-89-1 πέπρακται: Non opus est ut néлgazia ex Stanleii Bentleiique sententia in néлgora, aut, ut Wakefieldius volebat, in tétaxta mutetur. In Prometheo quidem v. 521. est τί γὰρ πέπρωται Ζηνὶ πλὴν ἀεὶ κραττεiv; hic non minus recte dici videtur, quid tibi aliud agitur negolium quam mala perpetrare? Neque fortasse aliter intellexit scholiastes, qui haec adscripsit τί οὖν μέλλεις τὸ σὸν ἔργον ἀνύειν;

mvp-comment-90-1 ὠγμός: ώγμός Rob.

mvp-comment-91-1 ἐξεκήραναν: ἐξεκράαναν Par.

mvp-comment-92-1 μυγμὸς διπλοῦς ὀξύς: In Rob. ante dinkovs insertum z2. sequens autem versus rursus choro tributus est. In Ven. Flor. et, ut videtur, etiam in Farn. versui 133. praefixum yogòs evµevídwr.

mvp-comment-93-1 κλαγγαίνεις: Libri zλayyaivas. Dindorfio, ut antea Wakefieldio, scribendum videtur κλαγγάνεις, αἱ ἐπανακλαγγάνειν est apud Xenophontem et κλαγγάνειν in versu Sophoclis apud Strabonem XV. p. 687. όπου τις ὄρνις οὐχὶ κλαγγάνει, ubi codex Med. 3. κλαγκάζει habet. Non puto zhayyaivas mutandum esse. Lobeckius enim in Pathol. proleg. p. 37. complura verba in aivo et άo desinentia ex eadem radice orta affert. Potuit igitur κλαγγαίνειν dici ut κλαγγάζειν.

mvp-comment-94-1 οὔποτ᾽: οὔπω τ' Rob.

mvp-comment-95-1 τί δρᾷς;: ti dous; Rob. Ceteri, ut videtur, omnes ví dous; Non recte hic diceretur quid agis? sed dicendum erat ecquid agis? i. e. agedum. Itaque scribendum τὶ δρᾷς;

mvp-comment-96-1 ἀγνοήσῃς ... μαλθαχθεῖσ᾽: ἀγνοήσεις Par. Deinde μαλαχθεὶς Ven. Farn. μαλαχθεῖσ᾽ Rob.

mvp-comment-97-1 ὀνείδεσιν: ἐνείδεσιν Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. ονείδεσσιν M. G. Ald. ὀνείδεσι Turn.

mvp-comment-98-1 γίγνεται: γίγνεται Porsonus. Libri γίνεται.

mvp-comment-99-1 σὺ δ᾽ αἱματηρὸν πνεῦμ᾽ ἐπουρίσασα τῷδ', ἕπου, μάραινε δευτέροις διώγμασιν, ἀτμῷ κατισχναίνουσα, νηδύος πυρί.: Libri οὐδ᾽ αἱματηρὸν πνεῦμ᾽ ἐπουρίσασα τῷ, ἀτμῷ κατισχναίνουσα νηδύος πυρί, ὅπου, μάραινε δευτέροις διώγμασιν, nisi quod Turn. ἐπουρήσασα dedit, ut in lemmate scholiorum Robortelli . scriptum est, versu autem altero G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Par. Ald. κατισχαίμουσα habent, de qua verbi forma dictum est ad Prom, v. 271. In primo versu Stanleii sive potius Pearsoni emendationem, σὺ δ' pro οὐδ᾽, merito recepit Porsonus. Cetera neque ego olim expedivi, neque expediverunt alii. To enim de Oreste intellectum, sic in fine versus, praesertim sequente alio dativo, ἀτμῷ, prorsus putidum est. Nec Wakefieldii ἐπουρίσασα τῳ, de Oreste dictum, hic aptum est. Scripsi, mutato versuum ordine, σὺ δ᾽ αἱματηρὸν πνεῦμ᾽ ἐπουρίσασα τῷδ᾽ ἕπου, μάραινε δευτέροις διώγμασιν, ἀτμῷ κατισχναίνουσα, νηδύος πυρί. Tod' abiecta in fine versus vocali, quum post nov incisio sit, non magis offendere debet quam quod in Suppl. v. 739. scripsi, praegressa ibi incisione, φιλεῖ δ' ὠδῖνα τίκτειν νὺξ κυβερνήτῃ σοφῷ, ubi videnda sunt quae adnotavi. Haec locuta umbra Clytaemnestrae descendit per ἀναπίεσμα.

mvp-comment-100-1 ἔγειρ᾽: χορὸς ἐρινύων (ἐριννύων Ald.) M. Ald. χορὸς ἐριννύων, ἐξ ὧν μία G. χορὸς εὐμενίδων Flor. χο. Ven. Rob. Turn. Quae inde ab hoc versu usque ad v. 177. sequuntur, inter quindecim Furias ita distribui, ut distribuenda esse indicavi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 37. seqq.

mvp-comment-101-1 κἀπολακτίσασ᾽: κἀπολακτίσας G. Ald.

mvp-comment-102-1 ἰδώμεθ᾽: ιδώμεθ' Turn. εἰδώμεθ' M.G. Par. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-103-1 πόπαξ: πόπαξ Ald. Rob. Τurn. πύπαξ M. G. Farn. πυπάς Ven. Flor.

mvp-comment-104-1 δυςαχές: δυςαχές Μ. Rob. In G. ambiguum est utrum hoc an δυσαχθὲς scriptum sit. δυσαχθὲς Ven. Flor. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-105-1 οἴχεταí θ' ὁ θήρ: Libri οίχεται δ' ὁ θήρ. Correxit Abreschius.

mvp-comment-106-1 κρατηθεῖσ᾽ ἄγραν: κρατηθεῖσα plene M. G. Ald. Rob. άγραν, non ἄτων, etiam Ald.

mvp-comment-107-1 πέλει: Ζω bis Farn. Deinde ἐπιλογος Flor. Deinde libri πέλῃ. In G. tamen antea fuerat πέλει.

mvp-comment-108-1 νέος δὲ γραίας δαίμονας καθιππάσω: γραίας δὲ δαίμονας νέος Farn. καθισπάσω Par.

mvp-comment-109-1 ἱκέταν: ἱκέτην Farn.

mvp-comment-110-1 τοκεῦσιν: τοκεῦσιν M. G. Ald. Rob. τοκεῦσι Ven. Flor. Turn.

mvp-comment-111-1 δ᾽: δ' omittit Ven.

mvp-comment-112-1 ἐρεῖ τις: ἐρᾶ Flor. τις Farn. Ald. τὶς Rob.

mvp-comment-113-1 ὄνειδος ... μολὸν: ὄνειρος Par. μολών G. Ald.

mvp-comment-114-1 ἔτυψεν: ἔτυψεν M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ἔτυψε Ven. Farn. ἔτυψα Flor.

mvp-comment-115-1 μεσολαβεῖ: Hic versus omissus est in Par. μεταλαβεῖ Ald. Μεσολαβεῖ dubitari potest utrum active de stimulo in medium corpus tendente, neque stringente tantum, an, quod praestare videtur, passive intelligi debeat de stimulo quem quis medium prehendit, quo fortius vibrari regive possit.

mvp-comment-116-1 ὑπὸ: Libri ὑπὸ utrobique.

mvp-comment-117-1 δαΐου: πάρεστι μαστίκτορος omittit Par. πάρεστιν μαστίκτορος male ed. Vict. δάϊον Par.

mvp-comment-118-1 βαρύ, τὸ περίβαρυ κρύος ἔχειν: βάρυ τὸ περίβαρυ κρύος ἔχειν M. G. Turn. βαρὺ τὸ περὶ βαρυκρύος ἔχειν Ald. male lecta codicis G. scriptura. βαρὺ τὸ πέρι βαρὺ κρύος ἔχειν Ven. Flor. Farn. βαρὺ περίβαρυ κρύος ἔχειν Rob. Wakefieldius to in te mutavit. Non opus est mutatione.

mvp-comment-119-1 κρατοῦντες: Hunc versum omittit Par.

mvp-comment-120-1 φονολιβῆ θρόμβον: Libri φονολειβή, Correxit Arnaldus. Deinde libri θρόνον. Scholiastes τὸν θρόνον, οὗ Ὀρέστης καθῆτο, πάρεστιν ὁρᾶν φονολειβῆ ἀπὸ ποδῶν ἕως κεφαλῆς ὅλον. Item ad v. 168. propter hane explicationem adscriptum λείπει ὁ καί. Recte Wakefieldius θρόμβον scribendum esse intellexit. Sed male haec verba iunxit cum sequentibus, quum pendeant e participio κρατοῦντες. Et personarum distributio et antistrophica ratio docent his verbis, περὶ πόδα, περὶ καρά, finiri orationem pariter atque in stropha his, ύπο φρένας, ὑπὸ λόβον, hoc autem verbo, πάρεστι, et hic et illie novum alius personae dictum incipere. Haec est autem horum versuum sententia, talia perpetrant iuniores dei, praeter fas sibi vindicantes caedis vestigia, i. e. iudicium sibi arrogantes parricidii. V. Opusc. VI. 2. p. 39. seq.

mvp-comment-121-1 περὶ πόδα, περὶ κάρα.: Hunc versum omittit Par.

mvp-comment-122-1 προςδρακεῖν: πρὸς δρακεῖν Ald. Haec verba προςδρακεῖν αἱμάτων omittit Par.

mvp-comment-123-1 ἀρόμενον: αἱρόμενον Μ. Ven. Flor. Farn. αἱρούμιον Ald. male lecto compendio codicis G. in quo αιρούμενον est. αἱρούμενον Rob. Τurn. Recte Abreschius ἀρόμενον. Scholiastes ὥστε τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχειν αἱμάτων ἄγος ἐπαίροντα.

mvp-comment-124-1 μάντις ὤν: μάντις ὤν Schutzius. μαντισῶι Μ. μάντι σῷ G. Ald. Rob. Turn. μάντι, σῶ Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-125-1 μυχὸν ... ἔχρανας: μυχὸν M. Rob. Τurn. μυκὸν G. Ald. σὸν οἶκον Ven. Flor. Farn. Deinde έχρανας Turn. ἔχρανάτ' M. Flor. ἔχράνατ' G. ἔχρακατ' Αld. ἔχρανάς Rob. ἐχθράνατ' Ven. Bekkero teste. ἔχθρανα τ' Farn.

mvp-comment-126-1 παρὰ νόμον θεῶν βρότεα: παρὰ νόμον θεῶν Par. Rob. παρανόμων θεῶν M. G. Ald. Turn. παρὰ νόμων θεῶν Ven. Flor. Farn. Deinde βρότεα M. G. Ald. Rob. βρέτεα Par. Ven. Flor. Farn. Turn.

mvp-comment-127-1 ἐμοί τε λυπρὸς ... ἐκλύσεται: Libri καμοί τε. Casaubonus aliique καμοί γε. Scripsi ἐμοί τε. Deinde πικρός pro λυπρὸς Par. Deinde εὐκλύσεται G. Aid. Hoc dicit, me iniuria afficit, illum tamen non liberabit.

mvp-comment-128-1 ὑπό ... φυγὼν: ὑπαὶ Farn. φυγὼν Porsonus. Libri φεύγων.

mvp-comment-129-1 ποτιτρόπαιος ὢν δ᾽: Libri ποτιτρόπαιος δ᾽ ὤν. Correxit Porsonus. Deinde Schoemanno ἐν χώρᾳ mutandum videtur in ᾧ κάρα. Non opus est mutatione.

mvp-comment-130-1 μιάστορ᾽ αὑτῷ πάσεται: μιάστορ᾽ ἐκείνου πάσεται M. G. Rob. μιάστορ᾽ ἐκείνου πάσσεται Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Turn. Apud scholiastem metricum legitur μιάστορ, ἐκείνου πράσσεται. Schoemannus scribendum coniicit μιάστορ᾽ αὐτ᾽ ἐκεῖ πάσεται. Lenius est quod posui, μιάστορ᾽ ἔστιν ὃν πάσεται. Sic enim potius scribendum est, quam, ut olim feci, ἔστιν οὗ.

mvp-comment-131-1 κελεύω: κενεύω Αld.

mvp-comment-132-1 μέλαν: μέλαν G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-133-1 χρίμπτεσθαι: Wakefieldius et ante eum vir doetus in margine Askewiana δόμοις σε scribendum putarunt. χρίμπεται G. Ald.

mvp-comment-134-1 ἀλλ᾽ οὗ καρανιστῆρες: ἀλλ᾽ οὗ καρανιστήρες Stanleius. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ καρανηστήρες M. G. et commate post or posito Rob. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀρανητῆρες Αld. αλλ' οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ἀνήστῆρες Ven. Flor. Farn. ἀλλ᾽ οὗ καρανηστῆρες Turn. Scholiastes αἱ ἀποκεφαλίζουσαι. In Rheso v. 817. legitur καρανιστής μόρος. Conf. Lob. Paralip. p. 449.

mvp-comment-135-1 παίδων τε χλοῦνις, ἠδ᾽ ἀκρωνία, λευσμόν: παίδων κακοῦται χλοῦνις ἠδ᾽ (ἡδ᾽ Rob.) ἀκρωνία M. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Rob. et haud dubie etiam Farn. παίδων κακοῦ τελλοῦνις ἠδ᾽ ἀκρωνία Ald. παίδων, κακοῦ τε χλοῦνις ἠδ᾽, ἀκρωνία Turn. Scholia in M. haec adscripta sunt χλοῦνις ἀκρωνία (sic M. G.). ἀκμαῖα ἀποκοπή, παρὰ τὴν χλόην, ἢ ἐπεὶ χλοῦνις ὁ σᾶς· κάπροι δὲ συνεχῶς εὐνουχίζονται· διὰ τοῦτο τὴν ἀποκοπὴν συϊκὴν εἶπεν, οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνην. Deinde ad ακρωνία adscriptum ἐκτομή μορίων, et in alia parte marginis κακῶν ἄθροισις, ἢ λιθοβολίας (sic M.). Ηρωδιανός δὲ τὸ σύστημα καὶ ἄθροισμα. Fuerunt quibus ακρωνία idem esse videretur atque ἀκρωτηριασμός. Sed haec interpretatio idoneo auctore caret. Contra cum Herodiani explicatione consentiunt fere aliorum grammaticorum testimonia. Lexicon Seguerianum in Bekkeri Anecd. p. 372, 2. ἀκρωνία, τὰ ἀθροίσματα. καὶ ἡ ἀκρότης. καὶ ἡ ἀκμή. καὶ τὸ ἐπίλεκτον σύστημα. Εtym. Μ. p. 53, 41. ἀκρώνα (sic scriptum), τὰ ἀθροίσματα, καὶ ἡ ἀκρότης, καὶ ἡ ἀκμή, τὸ ἐπίλεκτον σύστημα. Hesychius ακρώνια (sic), αθροίσματα, παράστασις, πλῆθος, οἱ ἀκρώvva (sic codex), άθροισμός. Alterum illud vocabulum χλοῦνις diffcillimum est. Quod apud Homerum est ll. ΙΧ. 539. χλούνην σῦν, recte sane ita videtur explicari ut χλούνης ad χλόην referatur. Hesychius χλούνην, τὸν ἐν τῇ χλόῃ εὐναζόμενον. χλοῦναι, λωποδύται, οἱ ἐν τῇ χλόῃ εὐναζόμενοι. Sed Aristoteles Hist. an. VI. 28. p. 578. ed. Bekk. χλούνην putavit esse castratum. Τῶν δὲ ἀρρένων καὶ ἀγρίων, inquit, οἱ τομίαι μείζους γίνονται καὶ χαλεπώτεροι, ὥςπερ καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐποίησεν “τρέψεν (libri θρέψει) ἔπι χλούνην σῦν ἄγριον· οὐδὲ ἐῴκει θηρί γε σιτοφάγῳ, ἀλλὰ ῥίῳ υλήεντι.” γίνονται δὲ τομίαι διὰ τὸ νέοις οὖσιν ἐμπίπτειν νόσημα κνησμὸν εἰς τοὺς ὄρχεις· εἶτα ξυόμενοι πρὸς τὰ δένδρα ἐκθλίβουσι τοὺς ὄρχεις. Eustathius p. 772, 53. ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἐκτομίαν ὁ χλούνης δηλοῖ, οὐ μόνον Αἰσχύλος δίδωσι χρῆσιν (pertinet hoc ad versum ex Edonis, fr. 60.), ἀλλὰ καὶ Αιλιανὸς μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς περὶ προνοίας χλούνην λέγων τὸν ἀπόκοπον· καὶ Αριστοτέλης δὲ κατὰ τὸν γεωγράφον χλούνην σῦν τὸν τομίαν λέγει. Schol. ad II. IX. 539. οἱ μὲν τὸν ἐντομίαν· κνώμενοι γὰρ πρὸς τὰ φυτὰ παρατρίβονται καὶ ἀγριώτεροι γίνονται. Reiecit hanc interpretationem Aristophanes grammaticus: v. Nauckium Aristoph. Byz. fragm. p. 118. seqq. Illud tamen ex hac Aristotelis interpretatione iure colligi videtur, potuisse fieri ut ab Aeschylo similiter χλοῦνις diceretur castratio. Non facile res ad liquidum perduci poterit: sed ut veri simillimam recepi Fritzschii emendationem, δίκαι, σφαγαί τε, σπέρματός τ' ἀποφθοραί, παίδων τε χλοῦνες, ἠδ᾽ ἀκρωνία κακοῦ. Σπέρματος αποφθοραί partus abaetos significant.

mvp-comment-136-1 λευσμόν,: Casaubonus aliique λευσμός τε vel λευσμοί τε scribendum esse putaverunt. Et potest scholiastes nominativum legisse videri. Servandum tamen puto λευσμόν τε, quum accusativus a μύζουσιν recte pendere videatur.

mvp-comment-137-1 ὑπὸ ῥάχιν: ὑπὸ ράχιν Μ. Ald. Rob. ὑποβάχιν G. ὑπόρραχιν Ven. Flor. Farn. υποβράχιν Turn. ug' G. Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-138-1 οἵας ... ἀπόπτυστοι: οἷας G. Ald. ολας Rob. ἐπ' ἀπόπυστοι Ald.

mvp-comment-139-1 στέργηθρ᾽: στέργηθ' Αld.

mvp-comment-140-1 αἱματορρόφου: αἱματορόφου Rob.

mvp-comment-141-1 γείτοσι ... μύσος: πλησίοισι Ven. Flor. Rob. Turn. et ita haud dubie etiam Farn. πλησίοις M. G. Ald. Quum πλησίοισι supervacaneum esse videretur, fuerunt qui Pauwio, πλουσίοισι scribendum esse coniicienti, assentirentur. Ea vero mala coniectura est. Nam antro leonis opulentum maxime templum non recte opponitur. Neque mutandum est πλησίοισι. Ex templo egressus Apollo increpat Furias, quae ab umbra Clytaemnestrae expergefactae se proripuerant ex templo atque in orchestram descenderant. In orchestra autem commorantes intelliguntur esse in περιβόλῳ templi. Itaque πλησία χρηστήρια vicinum templum sunt, ante quod Furiae commorantur. Neque enim putandum est illa, quae v. 178. dicit Apollo, ἔξω, κελεύω, τῶνδε δωμάτων τάχος χωρεῖν, ἀπαλλάσσεσθε μαντικῶν μυχῶν, tam accurate et curiose interpretanda esse, ut aut omnes Furias aut partem earum in ipso templo remansisse statuamus: quorum neutrum fieri potuit. Dictum est de hac re in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 164. seq. et in Annalium Vindobonensium vol. CXI. p. 249. seq. In fine versus μύσος Ven. Flor. Turn. et, ut videtur, M. Farn. μίσος Rob. μίσος Ald. et hoc in G. ex μύσος factum est.

mvp-comment-142-1 εὐφιλὴs: ἐμφιλὴς Par.

mvp-comment-143-1 ἄναξ Ἄπολλον: Personae index in M. G. est χορὸς εὐμενίδων. In Ven. Flor. Rob. χορός. In Ald. Turn. εύμ.

mvp-comment-144-1 αὐτὸς ... πέλει: αὐτὸς γάρ σὺ Flor. Libri πέλῃ, praeter Rob. quae πέλει habet.

mvp-comment-145-1 εἷς ... ὡς: εἷς Canterus. Libri εἰς. Praeterea Wakefieldius ὡς in ὢν mutavit. Id non videtur esse necessarium. Hoc enim recte dicitur, quare omnem culpam sustines.

mvp-comment-146-1 πῶς δή; τοσοῦτο ... λόγου: πῶς δὴ· τοσοῦτο M. G. Turn. πῶς δὴ τοσαῦτο Ald. πῶς δὴ· τοσοῦτον Par. L. πῶς δῆτα τοῦτο Ven. Flor. Farn. Rob. De formis τοσοῦτο et τοσοῦτον v. ad Prom. v. 802. In fine versus a Schutzio et a me olim λόγον scriptum est. Multum praestat λόγου, quod libri habent.

mvp-comment-147-1 ἔχρησας: χο. Ven. Flor. Rob. ε. Μ. G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-148-1 τί μήν;: Hinc in M. personae lineolis praefixis discernuntur. In Ven. Flor. Rob. Apollinis et chori, in G. Ald. Turn. Apollinis et Eumenidum nomina siglis significantur. τιμὴν M. G. Ven. Ald. Rob. Turn. τί μή Flor. ut Cantero scribendum videbatur. Recte Abreschius τί μήν; V. ad Ag. v. 14.

mvp-comment-149-1 δέκτωρ: δ᾽ ἔκταρ G. Ald. δ' έκτωρ sic Rob. δ᾽ ἔκτωρ ex Farn. affertur. δ' έκτωρ Ven. Emendate δέκτωρ Turn. De M. Flor. mihi non constat. Videtur autem M. δ᾽ ἔκτωρ vel δ᾽ ἕκτωρ habere: nam in margine adscriptum est οἶμαι δέκτωρ.

mvp-comment-150-1 τί γάρ; ... νοσφίσῃ: τί γὰρ Μ. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn. τίς γὰρ Ven. Flor. Farn. νοσφίσῃ M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. νοσφίσει Ven. Flor. Farn. Scholiastes τί προςτέταχθε ποιεῖν παρὰ (ser. περὶ ἀνδροφόνου γυναικός;

mvp-comment-151-1 αὐθέντης: Hic versus Apollini continuatur in M. G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. χο. Rob. Ευ. Turn. Chori hunc versum esse non potest dubitari. Iterat hanc sententiam chorus v. 595. οὐκ ἦν ὅμαιμος φωτὸς ὃν κατέκτανεν. Intellexit etiam scholiastes hunc versum a choro proferri: haec enim adnotavit, ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος φόνος οὐκ ἦν αὐθέντης, ὅ ἐστι μιαρός. In Flor., ut Linwoodius dicit, scriptum est αὐθέντης.

mvp-comment-152-1 ἤρκεσας: απ. Rob. Turn. Lineola praefixa in M. Nulla nota in Ven. Flor. εύμ. G. Ald. καὶ παρ' οὐδὲν ἠρκέσω M. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. Rob. Τurn. ἀρκέσω Par. ἀρκέσει non male Bothius. Wellauerus ηρέσω vel δέσω scribendum putabat. Quorum ἠρέσω ferri hic non potest, δέσω probabile est. Puto tamen Aeschylum scripsisse ἢ κάρτ' ἄτιμα, καὶ παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἧκέ σοι Ἥρας τελείας καὶ Διὸς πιστώματα.

mvp-comment-153-1 ἀπέρριπται: ἀπέρσιπται Ald.

mvp-comment-154-1 γίγνεται: Libri γίνεται.

mvp-comment-155-1 μόρσιμος: μόρσιμος Rob. et sic Farn. μόρσιμον Ven. Flor. μόρσιμοι M. G. Par. Ald. μορσίμη Turn.

mvp-comment-156-1 ὅρκου 'στὶ ... φρουρουμένη: ὅρκου 'στὶ Porsonus. ὅρκούστι Μ. ὅρκους τι G. Par. Ald. ὅρκους τί, ad i supra adscripto ε, Ven. Flor. ὅρκοις τι ex suo codice affert Rob. qui ὅρκος τὶς dedit. ὅρκου τὲ Turn. φρουρουμένη vitiose Ald. Rob.

mvp-comment-157-1 εἰ ... χαλᾷς: ἢ Ven. Rob. ή reliqui. Recte Canterus εἰ. χαλᾷς Rob. χαλαῖς Μ. G. Ald. Turn.

mvp-comment-158-1 τὸ μὴ τίνεσθαι: Libri τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι. Scribendum τὸ μὴ τίνεσθαι. Vidit hoc etiam Meinekius ad Menandrum p. 226. Sophocles Oed. Col. v. 993. πότερα πυνθάνοι ἄν, εἰ πατήρ σ᾽ ὁ καίνων. ἢ τίνοι ἂν εὐθέως; δοκῶ μέν, εἴπερ ζῆν φιλεῖς, τὸν αἴτιον τίνοὶ ἄν, οὐδὲ τοὔνδικον περιβλέποις. Linwoodius, miro iudicio multo rectius Petersenum τὸ μηδἕπεσθαι coniecisse putans, hoc recepit. Id si vellet, debebat saltem scribere μήθ' - μήτ.

mvp-comment-159-1 Ὀρέστην σ᾽ ἐνδίκως ἀνδρηλατεῖν: Huic versui in M. G. Ven. Ald. Turn. Apollinis nomen praefixum est. Nullam personae notam habent Flor. Rob. ὀρέστην σ' ἐνδίκως Rob. Turn. ὀρέστην γ' ἐνδίκως M. G. Ald. ὀρέστην ἐν δίκαις Ven. Flor. ἄνδρας κατεῖν codex Robortelli: ipse e Sophiani emendatione ανδρηλατεῖν dedit, quod celeri libri habent.

mvp-comment-160-1 οἶδα ... κάρτα σ᾽: οίδα M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ούτοι Ven. Farn. et adscripto γρ. οἶδα Flor. Dubitari potest an εἶδον aptius scriberetur. κάρτας pro κάρτα σ' G. Ald.

mvp-comment-161-1 Παλλὰς ... ἐποπτεύσει: δὲ παλλὰς e Sophiani emendatione Rob. δ᾽ ἐπάλλας Μ. δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλας G. Ald. Turn. Ven. (Bekkero teste Flor. Farn. codex Robortelli. Ex Ven. Flor. δὲπάλλας Franzius affert. ἐποπτεύσει Μ. G. Ald. Rob. ἐποπτεύει Ven. Flor. Farn. ἐποπτεύσεις Turn.

mvp-comment-162-1 λίπω: οὔπω μὴ sola Ald. Deinde λίπω Porsonus. Libri λείπω. γ. quae dixi ad Med. v. 1120. et ad Oed. Col. v. 1024.

mvp-comment-163-1 πόνον πλέον τίθου: πλέω Auratus aliique, idque olim recepi. Sophocles Ai. v. 362. μὴ κακὸν κακῷ διδοὺς ἄκος, πλέον τὸ πῆμα τῆς ἄτης τίθει. Sed non mutandum est quod libri habent, καὶ πόνον πλέον τίθου. Hoe dicit, praefer laborem, si placet. τίθου, ad or supra adscripto ει, Ven. τίθοι, supra adscripto ου, Flor.

mvp-comment-164-1 λόγῳ: Libri λόγῳ. Melius videtur ψόγῳ.

mvp-comment-165-1 πὰρ ... λέγει: πάρ M. Ven. Flor. Rob. παρ G. παρ' Ald. Turn. παρὰ scripsit Porsonus. Deinde libri λέγῃ·

mvp-comment-166-1 ἄγει ... δίκας: ἄγει Ven. Flor. Rob. Τurn. ἄγειν M. G. Par. Ald. Deinde δίκας M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. δίκης Ven. δίκης (sic) Flor. δίκη Farn.

mvp-comment-167-1 φῶτα κἀκκυνηγετῶ: φῶτα κἀκκυνηγέτης M. G. Ven. Flor. Ald. φῶτα κακκυνηγέτης Rob. φῶτα καὶ κυνηγέτης Par. φῶτά γ' ὡς κυνηγέτης Farn. φῶτα καὶ κυνηγέτις Turn. Stanleius scribendum putabat καὶ κυνηγετω. Scribendum potius κἀκκυνηγετώ. Ita Erfurdtius. Euripides in lone ν. 1422. ὦ Ζεῦ, τίς ἡμᾶς ἐκκυνηγετεῖ πότμος;

mvp-comment-168-1 ἀρήξω: ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἥξω Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-169-1 θεοῖς: θεοῖς Ven. Flor. Rob. Τurn. θεοῖσι M. G. Ald.

mvp-comment-170-1 εἰ προδῶ: ɛ in ǹy mutavit Porsonus. V. de part. av II. 7.

mvp-comment-171-1 ἄνασσ' Ἀθάνα: Postquam chorus ex orchestra aliit et Apollo in templum se recepit, mutatur scena. Conspicitur templum Minervae Poliadis in arce Athenarum. Advenit Orestes et supplex ad simulacrum deae accedit. κελεύμασι Farn.

mvp-comment-172-1 δέχου δὲ: δούχου vitium Ald. δὲ omittit Par.

mvp-comment-173-1 οὐ προςτρόπαιον, οὐδ᾽ ἀφοίβαντον χέρα, ἀλλ' ἀμβλὺς ἤδη προςτετριμμένος τε πρὸς ἄλλοισιν οἴκοις καὶ πορεύμασιν βροτῶν: Libri οὐ προστρόπαιον οὐδ᾽ ἀφοίβαντον χέρα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀμβλὲν ἤδη προστετριμμένον τε πρὸς ἄλλοισιν οἴκοις καὶ πορεύμασι βροτῶν. Versu secundo προςτετριμμένην Par. sed alterum supra adscriptum est. Versu tertio πορεύμασιν Porsonus. In secundo versu olim scripseram προςτετριμμένον πάρος, quod mallem neque a Schützio receptum esset neque iterum prolatum a Reisigio Coni, in Aristoph. p. 71. Non magis probari potest quod mihi aliquando et deinde aliis in mentem venit, προςτετριμμένον τε πρό. Nam alienum hoc est ab hoc loco. Sed quod libri habent, ferri non potest. Neque enim praepositio ita in fine versus collocata eiusmodi exemplis confirmatur, quale hoc est in Sophoclis Oed. Col. v. 495. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁδωτά. λείπομαι γὰρ ἐν τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι μηδ᾽ ὁρᾶν, δυοῖν κακοῖν. Ibi enim praecedens interpunctio facit ut duorum versuum numeri arctius coniungantur. Similiter in Oed. R. v. 555. ἔπειθες, ἢ οὐκ ἔπειθες, ὡς χρείη μὲ ἐπὶ τὸν σεμνόμαντιν ἄνδρα πέμψασθαί τινα; Et in Philoct. v. 626. ubi sequitur statim incisio, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ἐγὼ ταῦτ᾽. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν εἶὶ ἐπὶ ναῦν· σφῶν δ᾽ ὅπως ἄριστα συμφέροι θεός. Deinde ipsa sententiae ratio ostendit non posse haec ita ab Aeschylo scripta esse. Denique quae sequuntur, ὅμοια χέρσον καὶ θάλασσαν ἐκπερῶν — πρόςειμι δῶμα καὶ βρέτας τὸ σόν, θεά, non sunt connexa cum praecedentibus. Itaque, ut in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 45 seq. faciendum esse dixi, mutato versuum ordine, sic scripsi, οὐ προςτρόπαιον, οὐδ᾽ ἀφοίβαντον χέρα ἄλλοισιν οἴκοις καὶ πορεύμασιν βροτῶν· ἀλλ᾽ ἀμβλὺς ἤδη προςτετριμμένον μύσος, ὅμοια χέρσον etc. Προςτετριμμένον μύσος dictum est ut πρόςτριμμα Ag. v. 378. Neque dissimiliter dicitur Prom. v. 331. γλώσσῃ ματαία ζημία προςτρίβεται. Videtur autem μύσος legisse scholiastes, qui haec adscripsit, ἄλλοις προςτριψάμενον τὸ μύσος, quamquam potuit sane ita interpretari, etiamsi non scriptum invenit μύσος. Quod restitui, ἀμβλὺς ἤδη προςτετριμμένον μέσος, confirmatur eo quod v. 465. Minerva dicit, ἄλλως τε καὶ σὺ μὲν κατηρτυκὼς δρόμοις ἱκέτης προςῆλθες καθαρὸς ἀβλαβὴς δόμοις ἐμοῖς· AESCHYLUS II. 38 Quod enim καθαρός ει ἀβλαβής dicitur, idem est ἀμβλὺς ἤδη τὸ μύσος. Innocuus ad templum Minervae Orestes accedere poterat, quia hebetatum erat et evanuerat piaculum quod sibi contraxerat. Ipse Orestes ν. 437. οὐκ εἰμὶ προςτρόπαιος, οὐδ᾽ ἔχει μύσος πρὸς χειρὶ τήμῃ τὸ σὸν ἐφημένου βρέτας. Πορεύμασιν itineribus est, ut Εuripides Iph. Αul. v. 300. νάϊον πόρευμα dixit. Vniversam autem horum versuum sententiam Orestes v. 443. sic repetit, πάλαι πρὸς ἄλλοις ταῦτ᾽ ἀφιερώμεθα οἴκοισι καὶ βοτοῖσι καὶ ῥυτοῖς πόροις. Non recte hanc meam horum versuum emendationem impugnavit Schoemannus.

mvp-comment-174-1 σώζων: σώζων (σώζων Μ.) M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. σώζων τ' Ven. (Bekkero teste) Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-175-1 ἀναμενῶ: Libri ἀναμένω. Recte Stanleius in curis secundis ἀναμενῶ.

mvp-comment-176-1 εἶεν: Introeunt Furiae σποράδην in orchestram. ἔπι τ᾽ ἀν- δρος Α.

mvp-comment-177-1 μηνυτῆρος ... ἀφθέγκτου: μηνυτή, relicto duarum vel trium litterarum spatio, Ven. Idem, sed adscripto in margine μηνυτῆρος, Flor. μηνυτῇσιν Farn. ἀφθέκτου Farn. Rob.

mvp-comment-178-1 νεβρὸν: νεβρόν Victorius, et sic M. Franzio teste. νεκρὸν G. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob. Turn.

mvp-comment-179-1 ἐκμαστεύομεν: ἐμαστεύομεν Ven. Dindorfius scribendum putat ἐκματεύομεν. Recte fortasse. V. ad Ag. v. 1058.

mvp-comment-180-1 ἀνδροκμῆσι: ἀνδροκμῇσι Farn. Ald. ανδροκμοῖσι Flor. ἀρδροκμῆσι Rob. typographi errore, neque debebat Schoemannus dooozµžσi seribendum putare, quod dicendum esset γυιοκμήσι. Hoc dicunt Furiae, anhelant viscera ex multo virum defatigante labore, i. e. anhelamus ex multo labore quo virum persecutae sumus. Eodem modo ανδροκμής activum est infra v. 943. ἀνδροκμήτας δ᾽ ἀώρους ἀπεννέπω τύχας. Suppl. v. 652. μηδέ τις ἀνδροκμής λοιγὸς ἐπελθέτω τάνδε πόλιν δαΐζων. Choeph. v. 877. δοίη τις ἀνδροκμῆτα πέλεκυν ὡς τάχος. Et apud Euripidem Suppl. v. 524. οὐ βλάπτων πόλιν, οὐδ᾽ ἀνδροκμήτας προςφέρων ἀγωνίας.

mvp-comment-181-1 πᾶς: πᾶν pro πᾶς Rob.

mvp-comment-182-1 πόντον ... ἀπτέροις: πόντου Farn. ἀπέτροις Rob.

mvp-comment-183-1 που ... καταπτακών: ἐπί που Αld. καταπτακὼν Μ. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Farn. Ald. Rob. καταπτιτακώς Turn. ex lemmate, ut videtur, scholii in ed. Rob. In M. scholion, καταπτήξας πρὸς τῷ ἀγάλματα, nullum lemma habet. Hue recte videtur referre Dindorfius Hesychii καταπλακών, καιταπλήξας, διαμαρτών, ubi καταπτακών, καταπτήξας scribendum esse, διαμαρτών autem ad καταπλακών pertinere vidit Lobeckius Paralip. p. 541.

mvp-comment-184-1 ὀσμὴ: ἐς μὴ ριο ὀσμὴ Ald.

mvp-comment-185-1 ὅρα, ὅρα: In G. adscriptum est ὁ αὐτὸς χορός. In Ald. Turn. xo. quod ceteri libri omittunt. Scholiastes recte τὸ αὐτὸ πρόςωπόν ἐστι. Dixerat princeps chori ea quae v. 243-252. continentur: nunc eadem persona carmen orditur quod sequitur. Sed non eadem persona totum carmen recitat, immo aperte his versibus colloquium continetur Furiarum. Distribuendos esse hos versus inter septem Furias, quae canunt dum reliquae in orchestram irrumpunt, neque antistrophica haec esse, et res ipsa monstrat et indicatum est a me in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 51.

mvp-comment-186-1 ὅρα, ὅρα μάλ' αὖ, λεῦσσέ τε πάντα, μὴ λάθῃ φύγδα βὰς ὁ ματροφόνος ἀτίτας: ὅρα ὅρα μάλ' αὖ codices et Rob. δέα δρα μάλ' αὖ Ald. Turn. Deinde λεύσσε τὸν, erasis aliquot post λεύσσε litteris, Μ. λεύσσετὸν G. λευσσετὸν Ald. λεύσσετον Rob. λεῦσσε τὸν Ven. Flor. Turn. Deinde πάντα M. Ceteri πάντα. Deinde φύγδα M. Rob. Ven. et, ut videtur, Flor. Farn. φυγάδα G. Ald. Turn. Deinde libri ὁ ματροφόνος cum articulo. Denique ἀτίτας M. G. Ald. Rob. Τurn. ἀτίμας Ven. Flor. Farn. Scribendum erat δρα, ὅρα μάλ' αὖ, λεῦσσέ τε πάντα, μὴ λάθη σύγδα βὰς ματροφόνος ἀτίτας.

mvp-comment-187-1 ὃ δ᾽ αὖτέ γ' ἀλκὰν ἔχων: ὅδ' αυτέ γ' οὖν ἀλκὼν ἔχων M. G. Par. Ald. Turn. αὐτε γοῦν ἀλκὰν ἔχων Rob. Farn. et Bekkero teste Ven. ὅδ᾽ αὖτέ γ' οὐκ ἀλκὰν ἔχων Victorius, et sic, ut Franzius dicit, Flor. qui potius cum Ven. Farn. consentire videtur. Scribendum ὃ δ' αυτέ γ' ἀλκὰν ἔχων.

mvp-comment-188-1 περὶ βρέτει πλεχθεὶs: περὶ βρέτει Rob. Turn. περιβρέτει M. G. Ald. περιβλέπει Ven. Flor. Farn. Deinde πλαγχθεὶς Ven. Flor. Farn.

mvp-comment-189-1 χερῶν: Libri χερῶν. Recte Scaliger et Wakefieldius χρεῶν. Et legisse hoc videtur scholiastes, qui haec adnotavit, ἀνθ' ὧν ἡμῖν χρεωστεῖ πρόςφυξ θέλει γενέσθαι τῆς θεοῦ. Quamquam potest hoc ad solum vocabulum ὑπόδικος pertinere, quod Hesychius ita interpretatur, ὑπεύθυνος, χρεώστης, ἔνοχος δίκης.

mvp-comment-190-1 τὸ δ᾽: τὸ δ' Victorius. Libri τόδ'.

mvp-comment-191-1 δυςαγκόμιστον, παπαῖ: θυσαγκόμιστρον Ven. Flor. Farn. Male δυςαγκόμιστον ad praecedentia referebatur, fracta orationis vi. Interpungendum esse post χαμαί, si quem non sensus admoneret, vel scholiastae admonere poterant, qui haec adscripserunt, τὸ ἅπαξ χυθὲν αἷμα δυςίατον, et πᾶν διερὸν ἐκκεχυμένον εἰς τὴν γῆν δυςαγκόμιστον. τοιοῦτο οὖν καὶ τὸ αἷμα. Deinde παπαί Farn.

mvp-comment-192-1 τὸ διερὸν πέδῳ χύμενον: τὸ διερὸν Victorius et sic M. τόδ᾽ ἱερὸν G. Ald. τὸ δ' ἱερὸν Ven. Flor. Farn. Turn. τὸ δι᾽ ἱερὸν Rob. Deinde libri πέδῳ, praeter Par. qui πέδον habet. Denique libri κεχυμένον, praeter Ald. in qua ob male lectum compendium codicis κεχνμίον est. Porsonus χύμενον. V. Elmsl. ad Heracl. v. 76.

mvp-comment-193-1 φεροίμαν βόσκαν πώματος: βοσκαν φεροίμαν M. G. Par. Ald. Rob. Turn. βοσκὰν φεροίμην Ven. Flor. Scribendum esse φεροίμαν βοσκαν vidit etiam 38* Wellauerus. Deinde πώματος M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. πόματος Par. Flor. πόρπατος Ven. Farn.

mvp-comment-194-1 καὶ ζῶντά σ' ἰσχνάνασ᾽ ἀπάξομαι κάτω: καὶ ζῶντας codex Rob. Deinde ἰσχνάνασ' Turn. ἰχνάνασ' M. G. Ald. Rob. ἰσχύνασ' Ven. Flor. Deinde αἰσπήζομαι codex Rombortelli: ipse απάξομαι dedit, ut ceteri habent praeter Ald. in qua ἀπάζομαι est. Denique καὶ κάτω Rob.

mvp-comment-195-1 ἀντίποιν᾽ ὡς τίνῃς ματροφόνας δύας: ἀντιποίνους τείνεις Μ. ἀντιποίνους τείνης Rob. ἀντιποίνους τείνεις G. Par. Ald. ἀντιποίνους τίνεις Turn. ἀντιποίνους τίνης (τίνης Vict.) Ven. Flor. Victorius. ἀντιφοίνους τίνῃς, supra adscripto ἵνα ad τίνης, Farn. Deinde libri μητροφόνας δύας. Casaubonus ματροφόνου δύας. Vulgatum ἀντιποίνους τίνης qui defensum iret ellipsi particulae va, de qua a Lamberto Bosio et eius editoribus dictum est, graviter falleretur. Illa enim Homerica, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν ἐπίμεινον, ἀρήτα τεύχεα δύω· — θάπτε με ὅττι τάχιστα, πύλας Αίδαο περήσω, et simmilia, nullam continent ellipsin, sed orta est ista loquendi ratio ex deliberatione. V. Opusc. 1. p. 208. seq. Potuit Aeschylus scribere artiποίνους τίνειν ματροφόνους δύας, possunt ante hunc versum aliquot verba in iisque particula, e qua penderet coniunctivus, excidisse: sed vera videtur elegans Schützii emendatio, ἀντίποιν᾽ ὡς τίνῃς ματροφόνου δύας. Similiter dictum est in Persis v. 471. ὧν ἀντίποινα παῖς ἐμὸς πράξειν δοκῶν.

mvp-comment-196-1 ὄψει δὲ κεἴ τις ἄλλος ἤλιτεν βροτῶν: Libri ὄψει δ᾽ ἐκεῖ τις ἄλλον ἤλιτεν βροτῶν, nisi quod ἤλιτε habent Ven. Flor. et βροτον G. Ald. Turn. In Farn. εἰς ad ἄλλον supra adscriptum est. Heathius og scribendum vidit, quod Faehsius in Par. esse dicit. ὄψει δὲ κεἴ τις ἄλλος ἤλιτεν βροτῶν recte Schutzius.

mvp-comment-197-1 ἢ θεὸν ἢ ξένον τιν' οὐκ εὐσεβῶν: Libri τίν' ἀσεβῶν, nisi quod τίτ᾽ ἀσεβῶν habent Ald. Turn. Wellauerus post τιν ἀσεβῶν excidisse putabat quod dochmiacum expleret. Veri similius est scripsisse Aeschylum ἢ θεὸν ἢ ξένον τιν οὐκ εὐσεβῶν. Si per errorem scriptum erat ἀσεβῶν pro εὐσεβῶν, consequens erat ut οὐκ omitteretur.

mvp-comment-198-1 ἔχονθ᾽: ἔχονθ' Victorius, et sic Franzio teste M. Ceteri ἔχοντ'. Adscriptum est ?ωνικόν in Farn.

mvp-comment-199-1 Ἅιδης: άδης Ven. Flor. Rob. άδος Αld.

mvp-comment-200-1 ἔνερθε: ἔνερθεν Farn.

mvp-comment-201-1 ἐπωπᾷ φρενί: ἐπωπᾷ φρενί M. G. Ald. Turn. ἐπωπᾶ τῇ φρενὶ Rob. ἐποπτᾶ τῇ φρενὶ Ven. Flor. ἐποπτᾶ τῇ φρενει Farn.

mvp-comment-202-1 φωνεῖν: φρωνεῖν vitium Ald. unde φρονεῖν Turn.

mvp-comment-203-1 χερός: Iacobsius Anthol. t. XII. p. 10. ad epigr. incert. 239. scribendum putabat βρίζει γὰρ αἷμα καὶ μαραίνεται χρέος μητροκτόνον, μίασμα δ᾽ ἔκπλυτον πέλει. Εt distinctio haec est in ed. Rob. Equidem, quum libri habeant χέρος, neque id reprehendi possit, nihil novandum esse existimo.

mvp-comment-204-1 ἔκπλυτον: ἔκπλητον Ald. Eadem mox τοταίνιον.

mvp-comment-205-1 χοιροκτόνοις: χειροκτόνοις Rob. χοιροκτόνοις supra adscripto χει Par. teste Boissonado adnot. in Zachariam scholast. p. 408.

mvp-comment-206-1 ὅσοις ... ἀβλαβεῖ: 8ools M. G. Par. Ven. Flor. Rob. östois Ald. unde öçTIS infelici coniectura Turn. aßhaß Par. et ante correctionem G.

mvp-comment-207-1 χρόνος καθαιρεῖ πάντα γηράσκων ὁμοῦ.: καθαίρει malebat Stanleius. Deinde γηράσκων M. G. Ald. Rob. Turn. ye didúozor Ven. Farn. et yɛ supra adscripto Flor. Nexum turbare hunc versum et ab hoc loco alienum esse dixi in Opusc. VI. 2. p. 55. seq. Delendum eum esse viderat iam Musgravius. Adscriptus fuit ad versus 277. 278. Similis versus apud Stobaeum CXXVI. 8. legitur, χρόνος δ᾽ ἀμαυροῖ πάντα κεἰς λήθην ἄγει.

mvp-comment-208-1 Ἀργεῖον: ἀργείων Ven.

mvp-comment-209-1 Λιβυστικοῖς: Libri ßvorizois. Ea adiectivi forma Aeschylus usus est in Suppl. v. 266. et in Myrmidonibus fr. 145. Tzetzes ad Lycophr. v. 519. καὶ Αἰσχύλος μυθικῶς “ εἶτ᾽ ἀμφὶ χεῦμα γενεθλίου σπόρου Τρίτωνος ἐν τόποις Λιβυστίοις,” ita enim codices duo Vitebergenses aliique et Favorinus in v. tqiyέvvytos. Auratus et Casaubonus scribendum putarunt Aißvotizs. Eo non opus est: zooaç enim, ut saepius in huiusmodi formulis, abundat.

Commentary on the Eumenides (OCR draft) (Brief English notes on Aeschylus' Eumenides by F. A. Paley, 1885.) focus

mvp-comment-1-1 πρῶτον μέν] This is answered, according to the common Attic usage, by ἔπειτα in v. 29. First I make honourable mention of the Powers, Titanian and celestial, who have successively ruled the oracular seat; next, I go to declare their present will. - πρεσβεύω, Schol.

προτιμῶ.
The genitive θεῶν means her who of all the powers divine was the first giver of oracles. - Θέμις, who is called Τιτανὶς in Prom. 893 , represents the notion of law and justice as regulated not by human statutes but by divine will.

mvp-comment-2-1 ἢ δή] who, as all know, &c. So οὗ δὴ χολωθεὶς, Alcest. 5 ; see also Prom. 833 .

mvp-comment-3-1 θελούσης] The poet indirectly denies the truth of an old legend that Themis was forcibly ejected from the oracular seat by her sister Phoebe, the mother of Leto. Schol.

Πίνδαρός φησι πρὸς βίαν κρατῆσαι Πυθοῦς τὸν ᾿Απόλλωνα· διὸ καὶ ταρταρῶσαι αὐτὸν ἐζήτει ἡ Γῆ.
This note perhaps refers to the birthday present' from his grandmother Phoebe. The legend that Apollo dispossessed Themis is given at some length in Eur. Iph. T. 1260 seqq. It was in the mind of the poet in this play to deny the hostility of the gods against each other, and to represent them in their more beneficent aspect. It was a custom to bring presents, thence called ὀπτήρια, at the first sight of a newly-born child; see Eur. Ion 1127 .

mvp-comment-4-1 παρώνυμον] The name Phoebus came from Phoebe, either derived from it by the masculine termination, or with the interval of one, as παρ' ἡμέραν, ‘every other day.'

mvp-comment-5-1 λιπὼν δὲ κ.τ.λ.] The sense is, 'So he, leaving the island of his birth, came first to the shore of Attica, from which he was conducted with great honour by a Sacred Way then first made from Athens to Delphi by the descendants of Erichthonius the son of Hephaestus. On the via sacra alluded to, see Wordsworth's Greece, p. 237 , who describes the rugged and uneven nature of the soil, ἀνήμερον χθόνα. The Schol. records a ceremony kept up till later times, of pioneers carrying mattocks leading the annual procession of θεωροὶ to Delphi. ibid. χοιράδα] The low-lying reef, lit. 'hog's-back,' a term applied in disparagement to the barren island which the god exchanged for the wealthy Delphi (Schol.). See Pers. 423 .

mvp-comment-6-1 ἕδρας] ‘his sacred seat on Parnassus.'

mvp-comment-7-1 Either ἡμερώσαντες οι τιθέντες (θέντες) ἥμερον would be a more usual expression. The verb is technically applied to cutting roads through waste country. So Herod. 1. 126

ἐξημερῶσαι τόπον ἀκανθώδη.
Eur. Herc. F. 20
έξημερῶσαι γαῖαν.

mvp-comment-8-1 Δελφός] The eponym king or hero of the country came out to meet the god and give him an honourable reception. The Schol. cites a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Callimachus, to prove that Delphus was the son of Poseidon and Melaena, a daughter of the river Cephisus. -πρυμνήτης, see inf. 735, Theb. 2 .

mvp-comment-9-1 τόνδε] i.e. the present occupant. Similarly the gods are asked to receive the king on his return φαιδροῖσι τοισίδ᾽ ὄμμασι, Ag. 503 , ‘now with bright and cheery look.'

mvp-comment-10-1 προφήτης] the mouth-piece, or speaker for Zeus, Jovis interpres.

mvp-comment-11-1 ἐν λόγοις] This may mean that Pallas holds a first rank in the legends of the place, or it may be that prayers to Apollo are contrasted with honourable mention of Pallas Pronaea ( Herod. 1. 92, VIII. 37 ), who had a temple, or perhaps chapel, in front of the adytum. There was another title, sometimes confounded with this, Παλλάς Πρόvoia, the goddess of Providence, from her reputed wisdom, inf. 811.

mvp-comment-12-1 These verses, which somewhat interrupt the narrative, and the last of which is metrically faulty, are perhaps the interpolation of an early hand. The Schol. observes that the scene of Pentheus' death was not Parnassus, but Cithaeron. It has been proposed (by Weil) to insert v. 20 after v. 26, which, supposing the above lines to be genuine, would be an improvement. It is remarkable that the Schol. briefly says καλοῦσα φροιμιάζομαι. Cf. Ag. 1325 .

mvp-comment-13-1 Ποσειδώνος] There would seem to have been a κοινοβωμία ( Suppl. 218 ) at Delphi. There was a legend that the sea-god had resigned Pytho to Apollo in exchange for Taenarus, or, as Callimachus quoted by the Schol. says, for Calaurea, an island off Argolis.

mvp-comment-14-1 τυχεῖν ἄριστα] to get much better answers than on any former entry. For the accusative after τυγχάνειν see Cho. 698 .

mvp-comment-15-1 ἴτων, for ἴτωσαν, a unique example of this form. -πάλῳ, viz. without favour or claim of precedence on national grounds. -ὡς ἂv, according as. Cf. Soph. Αj. 1369

ὡς ἂν ποιήσῃς, πανταχή χρηστός γ ἔσει.
--After this verse there is a solemn pause.

mvp-comment-16-1 ἀκταίνειν] Schol.

κουφίζειν,
Hesych.
μετεωρίζειν,
pedem levare. A similar form occurs Od. ΧΧΙΙΙ. 3
πόδες δ' ὑπερικταίνοντο.
Plat. Legg. 11. p. 672 c
καὶ ὅταν ἀκταινώσῃ ἑαυτὸ τάχιστα, ἀτάκτως αὖ πηδᾷ.

mvp-comment-17-1 χερσίν] By the support of my hands against the wall. The Schol. (unless indeed he records a stage tradition) seems wrongly to explain ἔξεισι τετραποδηδόν.

mvp-comment-18-1 ἀντίπαις] Rather she is as a child. Cf. Cho. 128

κἀγὼ μὲν ἀντίδουλος,
‘and I am no better than a slave.'

mvp-comment-19-1 The recent act of murder is described, as the Schol. remarks, in this verse.

mvp-comment-20-1 τῇδε γάρ] For in this respect (viz. the size of the tufts and the sober method of the arrangement, unlike that of some mad fanatic) I will give a clear account. Cf. Soph. El. 643

ἀλλ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἄκουε, τῇδε γὰρ κἀγὼ φράσω.
The Schol. says the interior of the shrine was seen by the spectators; but this does not seem certain. There is nothing in the narrative to suggest more than a description of what has scared the speaker. Indeed, the statement here is inconsistent with that at v. 64, where he says the interior of the shrine is now displayed by the eccyclema. car-

mvp-comment-21-1 τύποις] The earliest sculptures were ugly Gorgonheads cut in shallow relief, and called τύποι perhaps from a resemblance to heads on coins. She proceeds to say that she has seen drawings or paintings of winged winged harpies rying off the dinner from Phineus; but these Furies were different, in that they had no wings. The Argonautic story was well known to both Aeschylus and Pindar. It is alluded to also in Cho. 620 seqq.

mvp-comment-22-1 οὐ πλατοῖσι] not to be approached.

mvp-comment-23-1 καὶ κόσμος] Their dress, too, was such as neither could be brought as an offering to the statues of the gods (like the peplus to Pallas) nor admitted into the abodes of men.

mvp-comment-24-1 τὸ φύλον] the tribe or race to which they could be supposed to belong. Schol.

οὐδέποτε τοιοῦτον γένος εἶδον.-οὐδὲ κ.τ.λ.,
‘nor know I what land can aver that it rears this brood without harm to itself, and has not to repent afterwards of its pains.' -πόνον, Schol.
τὸν
(MS. τὸ) τῆς ἀνατροφῆς.

mvp-comment-25-1 τἀντεῦθεν] quae sequuntur. The priestess now retires, leaving to Apollo himself to get rid of the foul monsters which have beset and defiled his shrine.

mvp-comment-26-1 τοῖσιν ἄλλοις] i.e. and therefore much more so to himself. Schol.

πόσῳ μᾶλλον τῶν ἰδίων ;

mvp-comment-27-1 Apollo himself appears (apparently as an actor on the stage, though this is not certain). No! he exclaims, I will not desert you! I will watch over and guard you to the end, either at your side or from a distance, and I will show no gentleness to your enemies. We might conceive that Apollo appeared as in the air, by the μηχανὴ, and that this verse really means Even though far from you, as much as if I were close by you. Yet, as an interlocutor throughout the play, it would be difficult to suppose he always spoke from the μηχανή. - The use of καὶ δὲ is not common in tragedy, though very frequent in the later Attic prose. See Pers. 263, 548 . -πέπων, mitis, opposed to ὠμός, stern.

mvp-comment-28-1 This verse is corrupt, and the scholia give no help. Perhaps κόπῳ δ᾽ ὑπνώσσουσ᾽ αἱ κ. κ., in which case ἁλούσας, caught, will mean in my power, unable to stir, the capturers being themselves captured.

mvp-comment-29-1 οὐ μίγνυται] The sense is purposely ambiguous between cohabit and associate. So Homer says of Calypso, Od. νι. 288

οὐδέ τις αὐτῇ μίσγεται οὔτε θεῶν οὔτε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων.

mvp-comment-30-1 κακῶν ἕκατι] Their very existence is due to the existence of evil; if there were no crimes there would be no Furies to punish them. This is inferred from the race being altogether hellish and excluded from heaven.

mvp-comment-31-1 ὅμως] Though they are now asleep, you must continue your flight, for they will pursue you even through the spacious mainland, as well as over the sea and to island settlements.

mvp-comment-32-1 βιβῶντ'] This is an epic and Pindaric form. (See Veitch, Gr. V. p. 132 .) The Med. has βεβῶντ'. For the separation of avà Hermann compares Plat. Legg. VIII. p. 832 c

σὺν ἀεί τινι βίᾳ.
So also Eur. El. 1121
ὁρᾷς; ἀν᾿ αὐ σὺ ζωπυρεῖς νείκη νέα.

mvp-comment-33-1 βουκολούμενος] Brooding over. Schol.

περιέπων.
Cf. Ag. 652
έβουκολοῦμεν φροντίσιν νέον πάθος.
For προκάμνειν, to give in too soon, cf. Herc. F. 119
μὴ προκάμητε πόδα βαρύ τε κώλον.
Thuc. 11. 39
περιγίγνεται ἡμῖν τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἀλγεινοῖς μὴ προκάμνειν.

mvp-comment-34-1 ἵζου] sit as a suppliant at the ancient wooden image (distinguished as Πολιάς) in the Erechtheum. -ἄγκαθεν, Schol.

ταῖς ἀγκάλαις.
See Ag. 3 .

mvp-comment-35-1 ἔπεισα] The emphasis is on this word: You were persuaded to slay your mother, and therefore it was not altogether ἑκὼν φόνος.—κτανεῖν, as inf. 96 ἔκτανον, a somewhat rare form for the usual Attic ἀποκτεῖναι.

mvp-comment-36-1 Orestes, in acknowledging the universally received title of Apollo as the god of Justice, begs him to use his omnipotence in looking after and protecting him. It is remarkable that these three verses are the only words that Orestes utters till he arrives at the Athenian Acropolis, ν. 226.

mvp-comment-37-1 μέμνησο] This refers to the injunction just given μὴ πρόκαμνε κ.τ.λ. Cf. Agam. 803 .

mvp-comment-38-1 κάρτα ἐπώνυμος, as in Theb. 655 , is true to your name, a brief phrase for κάρτα παρέχων πομπὴν ἧς ἐπώνυμος εἶ.

mvp-comment-39-1 This verse is corrupt. The Scholium is in some way confused, but the words ὁρῶν αὐτὸ ὁρμώμενον προσηκούσῃ τύχῃ suggest that he read τόδ' εἰσορῶν γέρας. Or from the gloss τὸ τῶν ἱκετῶν σέβισμα καὶ δέημα we might conjecture τόδ' ἱκτήρων οι ἱκτόρων γέρας. We can hardly defend σέβει σέβας, even if ἐκνόμων meant outlaws. Orestes here leaves the stage under the charge of Hermes, and Apollo retires, perhaps, into the adytum. After a brief pause the ghost of Clytemnestra rises through the trap-door called ἀναπίεσμα, and rouses the slumbering Furies to inform them that their captive has escaped. Schol.

ἐφίσταται τὸ εἴδωλον Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ μεμψάμενον ἀνεγείρει.
Sleep on, ho! But we want not sleepers. While I am thus slighted by you, I am continually haunted among the other dead as a Murderess, and wander among the shades in disgrace. The syntax is equivalent to ἀεὶ ὀνειδίζομαι. The Schol. appears to have found ὧν μὲν ἔκτανον, for he explains, 'I am held in no regard by you for having killed my husband, but those who slew me are not slighted by you, but persecuted. The general sense must be, I am blamed for killing him, because you, the Furies, and the other infernal powers, are indifferent to my having been slain by my own son;' and thus attention is directed to my crime alone, and its punishment is thought to be just.

mvp-comment-40-1 κείνων ὕπο] Schol.

αἰτιῶμαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν περὶ ᾿Αγαμέμνονα,
viz. the νεκροὶ or φθιτοὶ who attend him as a King in Hades.

mvp-comment-41-1 The Med. has ὅρα δὲ and σέθεν. But the verb is in the plural throughout this speech, and the sense is much simpler, See this wound over my heart, from whose hand it proceeded. The Schol. here observes, It is a tragic device to make the ghost of Clytemnestra retain the wound where she was stabbed.

mvp-comment-42-1 εὕδουσα γάρ] 'See it, I say, even in your sleep; for the mind in sleep can see brightly with its eyes; it is in the day that it is the lot of man not to have the power of foresight. This is one of the Pythagorean theories about dreams, to which the poet often alludes. Compare Xen. Cyr. VIII. 7, 21

ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ τότε δήπου (sc. ἐν ὕπνῳ) θειοτάτη φαίνεται, καὶ τότε τι τῶν μελλόντων προορᾷ
. We have 'the mind's eye,' φρένα ὠμματωμένην, Cho. 839 . For βροτῶν, which may well refer to a general proposition as the lot of mankind, the Schol. seems to have read φρενῶν.

mvp-comment-43-1 ἐλείξατε] You licked up, or, lapped. They are described as hounds with lolling tongues, who had been propitiated by wineless libations at the family altar at the solemn hour of midnight. -ἀοίνους, see inf. 975. Oed. Col. 100, 481 .

mvp-comment-44-1 κούφως] See Pers. 101 , Ag. 350, 1347 . He has escaped, she says, like a nimble stag from the very middle of the stake-net, thereby mocking you sorely. Schol.

χλευάσας, ἐγγελάσας.
Pollux, 11. 52 , gives ἰλλώπτειν and κατιλλώπτειν as comic words. The words ἴλλειν and ἰλλὸς expressed rolling or leering with the eyes, as ἰλλὸς γεγένημαι προσδοκῶν, Αr. Thesm. 846 . -τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς. This is used ambiguously, since the speaker is a ψυχὴ or spirit; but the phrase commonly means a struggle or contest for life. – φρονήσατε, ‘ be conscious, viz. of your duties and your mission. This imperative occurs Soph. Ant. 49
οἴμοι, φρόνησον, ὦ κασιγνήτη.

mvp-comment-45-1 ὄναρ] See v. 126. I address you as a vision addresses one in a dream, i. e. not appealing to your bodily senses, but to your spiritual intelligence quickened by sleep. Lit. for it is in your slumber that I call upon you now, the waking-scene being yet to follow. And it seems that the ghost applied some vigorous measures to the snoring and insensible company.

mvp-comment-46-1 μύζοιτ᾽ ἄν] See 94 and 180. The moaning noise, or a sound representing uneasy dreamers, is here indicated by the stage-notes ( παρεπιγραφαί), μυγμός, ὠγμός, &c. In the next verse ἐμοὶ is Hermann's correction for ἐμοῖς. The sense is, There are gods (who protect their friends, Apollo and Pallas), but none who aid me, and therefore the murderer has escaped. Thus Ζεὺς ἀφίκτωρ is the patron of Suppliants in Suppl. 1 .

mvp-comment-47-1 Ας φεύζειν is to cry φεῦ, so ὤζειν is to cry Oh! Ar. Vesp. 1526

ὅπως ἰδόντες ἄνω σκέλος ὤζωσιν οἱ θεαταί.
Aeschylus used τέκνοις ἐπώζειν, to wail over her children, in the Niobe, which Hesychius misinterprets of a hen sitting on her eggs. See inf. 337.

mvp-comment-48-1 τεύχειν κακά ( Cho. 717 ), to go on doing harm, virtually means to make matters worse, since now the culprit can exult in his escape.

mvp-comment-49-1 δρακαίνης] The fell she-dragon is the leader of the chorus, who has been addressed in the two preceding couplets. -κηραίνειν, referred by Curtius, Gr. Et. 147 , to a root κειρ, is perhaps different from κηραίνειν ‘to have at heart,' to care for. See Suppl. 976 . Trach. 29

κείνου προκηραίνουσα.
Schol.
παρείλοντο.
Hesych.
ἐξεκήρανεν· ἐξέφθειρεν.

mvp-comment-50-1 φράζου] Mark him! They are dreaming, says the Schol., that they are pursuing Orestes. Accordingly Clytemnestra says, It is in a dream (only) that you are chasing the beast, and making these uneasy sounds, as a dog barks when not even asleep he gives up his fondness for the toil. This characteristic of the dog is described by Lucretius, Iv. 992-6 .

mvp-comment-51-1 ἀντίκεντρα] See v. 38, 444. When reproaches are just, they act as goads to the wise and discreet. This is alluded to inf. 150.

mvp-comment-52-1 σὺ δέ] This seems addressed to another of the three leading Furies, who are all mentioned in v. 135, do you wake her, even as I wake you. ibid. ἐπουρίζειν is properly to direct a favouring gale upon a ship. Schol.

ἐφορμήσασα ιήσασα τῷ ᾿Ορέστῃ.
(He (He took the demonstrative τῷ for the article, with the name understood; but cf. 2 and 7, and inf. 166.)

mvp-comment-53-1 κατισχναίνουσα] Schol.

ἐκλεπτύνουσα.
So Prom. 388
καὶ μὴ σφυδῶντα θυμὸν ἰσχναίνῃ βίᾳ,
a medical term. Cf. 257. –ἀτμῷ, Αg. 1282 , ‘hot breath.' Gl. Med. πυρετῷ ἀναλίσκουσα, ὡς δοκεῖν ἀτμοὺς ἀνιέναι ἀπὸ γαστρὸς αὐτοῦ. But the breath meant must be that of the pursuers, who scorch and wither their victim as a hot wind blights tender leaves.

mvp-comment-54-1 ἰδώμεθα] The plural follows a participle in the singular, as in Herc. F. 858

ἡλίῳ μαρτυρόμεσθα δρῶσ᾽ ἃ δρᾶν οὐ βούλομαι.
-ματᾷ, Schol.
μάταιον γίγνεται.
See Prom. 57 . Theb. 37 .

mvp-comment-55-1 πόπαξ] Our word pish! an exclamation of peevishness and dissatisfaction, as ποποῖ is pooh-pooh, Cho. 397 , Αg. 1043 . ὀτοτοῖ οι τοτοῖ ( Pers. 562 ) is tut-tut. But ὦ πόποι (so accented) means ໖ θεοὶ, Pers. 727 , Hesych.

ὦ δαίμονες.
The sentences following appear to be spoken by different choreutae in succession. So the Schol. seems to say, one wakes first, so that the chorus do not speak all at once. He adds, ἕκαστον κατ᾿ ἰδίαν προσενεκτέον, ‘each speech is to come on separately.'

mvp-comment-56-1 καθιππάσω] you override, a military term. Schol.

κατεπολέμησας.
Cf. 701, 741.

mvp-comment-57-1 ἔτυψεν] This epic form hardly occurs in the Attic, ἐπάταξεν being the usual equivalent. - μεσολαβεῖ, used passively, perhaps, grasped by the middle, so as to be firmly held.

mvp-comment-58-1 πάρεστι] I feel it (the reproach, says another) 'like the cruel smart of a torturer's lash.'

mvp-comment-59-1 This is said in satire and irony. This is what your younger gods do, assuming a power altogether beyond their right.' The dethronement of the Titanian powers and the cult of the beneficent Olympian deities (as before observed) is a main object of the play.

mvp-comment-60-1 θρόμβον] a clot. This seems a necessary correction for θρόνον. The unfinished speech, addressed to Apollo to show him the pollution of his shrine, is taken up by the next speaker, Yea, you may behold the central altar of the Earth (defiled) now that it has incurred the guilt of blood upon it ( ἔχειν). The Schol. seems to have read ὀφθαλμὸν, which he explained thus, you may see the seat (and) the altar (defiled), so as to incur a horrible pollution of blood if you raise your eye to look, ὥστε τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχειν αἱμάτων ἄγος ἐπαίροντα (perhaps ὥστε σε τὸν ὀφθ. ἐπ.). But ἀρόμενον must mean having taken upon itself.

mvp-comment-61-1 ἔχρανας] By giving an asylum to a murderer you have knowingly defiled your own temple.

mvp-comment-62-1 φθίσας] By destroying our influence, as far as in you lay (Schol.). They here call themselves Μοῖραι, because it would seem still more presumptuous in Apollo to interfere with Fate.

mvp-comment-63-1 καὶ τόν] See v. 132. While he gives pain to me, he will not succeed in delivering him.'

mvp-comment-64-1 ἐξ ἐμοῦ] after me. The MS. has ἐκείνου, and the Schol. appears to have read ἐκ κείνου, since he explains καὶ οἱ ἐξ αὐτοῦ δίκας ἡμῖν δώσουσιν. The notion is that of a spiteful demon alighting on the head ( Ag. 1146, 1444 ), and it seems to have been regarded as a bad omen if a foul bird left its mark on a statue or roof. See Suppl. 637 , and the note. -πάσεται, Schol.

λήψεται.

mvp-comment-65-1 Apollo reappears, and orders the loathsome band to leave his shrine, under threat of an arrow from his unerring bow, with which he is seen armed. This is a very fine passage. Go, he says, where tortures and mutilations, impaling and other horrors are practised, as ἐν βαρβάροις. The arrow is called a glistening winged serpent, both from the ambiguous sense of lòs and from the feathering, πτέρωμα (Schol.).

mvp-comment-66-1 χλοῦνις, virility. The Schol. seems rightly to refer this to the castration of boys. A wild boar was called χλούνης, probably from the large size of the testes. The word ἀκρωνία seems corrupt; the Schol. explains it by κακῶν ἄθροισις, which is evidently impossible. Pollux (II. 137) gives a medical term ἀκρωμία, for the muscle at the top of the shoulder; but this does not help us, unless we suppose a verse lost describing the cutting off of limbs, noses, ears, &c. The poet might have written ἠδ' ἀκρωμίας ποδῶν τε φόνια καὶ χερῶν σπαράγματα, λευσμοί τε, κ.τ.λ. (The comment of the Schol.

ἡ ἀκμαία ἀποκοπὴ,
‘the cutting off of extremities,' may have referred to this.) Cf. Lysias, Andoc. 26
οἰόμενος τὰ ἀκρωτήρια ζῶν ἀποτμηθήσεσθαι.

mvp-comment-67-1 πᾶς τρόπος] The whole style of your appearance leads to this, viz. that you are hateful to the gods because you are fond of feasting on scenes of blood. Xen. Cyr. VIII. 7, 15

μὴ ἃ οἱ θεοὶ ὑφήγηνται ἀγαθὰ μάταιά ποτε ποίησητε.

mvp-comment-68-1 τρίβεσθαι] Schol.

προστρίβεσθαι.
See Prom. 337 .

mvp-comment-69-1 πέμψαι] Doubtless we should read πρᾶξαι. 'What 1 did order was (not expressly 'to kill his mother, but) to exact punishment for his father. Anticipating the sense of the next verse, the Schol. here rightly adds, ὥστε δέξασθαι τὸν φονέα. See v. 84.

mvp-comment-70-1 With δέκτωρ we may supply εἶναι.

mvp-comment-71-1 προπομπούς] This is ironical. If you bade him to go to Delphi, do you blame us for conducting him thither?' Schol. recent. rὰς διωκτρίας.

mvp-comment-72-1 γέρας καλόν] Some office or duty that is honourable, and worth the boasting of.

mvp-comment-73-1 τί γάρ;] What! Would you chase the slayer of a woman who has killed her own husband? That would not be, replies the chorus, the murder of a blood relation (and therefore the offence is not so heinous as to justify retribution by the hand of a son). The Schol. understood this rightly, the murder of Agamemnon was not of the same degree of guilt.' Both epithets, ὅμαιμος and αὐθέντης, combine to distinguish the murder of one's own kin, husband and wife being viewed as aliens in blood, though bound by other ties, πιστώματα, which, Apollo tells the Furies, they are setting at naught by thus acquitting a wife from the higher degree of criminality.

mvp-comment-74-1 Κύπρις δὲ κ.τ.λ.] Three of the greater gods, who preside over marriage, are spurned and slighted by your view. - εἰργάσω J. Wordsworth, for ἠρκέσω.

mvp-comment-75-1 ὅρκου μείζων] Marriage, says Apollo, is not a mere engagement; it has a religious and sacramental character, and is guarded and presided over by Justice.

mvp-comment-76-1 τὸ μὴ κ.τ.λ.] So that it comes to this, that you do not regard with anger the slaying of the one by the hand of the other. For γενέσθαι with an infinitive, contingere ut &c., cf. Eur. Phoen. 754

καί μοι γένοιτ᾽ ἀδελφὸν ἀντήρη λαβεῖν.

mvp-comment-77-1 τὰ μὲν γὰρ κ.τ.λ.] ‘For in the one case (matricide) I see that you are greatly indignant, but in the other (the killing of a husband), openly acting with more gentleness.' The general argument is, You ought to pursue neither parties, or both. The Schol. explains ἡσυχαιτέραν by δολιωτέραν, and it is to be feared that there is something wrong here.

mvp-comment-78-1 τῶνδε] The case, he says, is so full of difficulty that the Goddess of Wisdom shall herself decide it.

mvp-comment-79-1 ἔμπας] You, as a supernal god, are great even without such prerogatives as mine, viz. the worship paid to a Chthonian power.

mvp-comment-80-1 προστροπαίου] The sense is, that the protection of a suppliant is so solemn an obligation both on earth and in heaven, that a ban attaches to the intentional and deliberate neglect of him.

mvp-comment-81-1 An interval of some time is supposed to have elapsed, during which Orestes, in obedience to Apollo's injunction at v. 79, has come to seek the protection of Pallas in the Erechtheum on the Athenian acropolis.

mvp-comment-82-1 προστρόπαιον] Schol.

ἀκάθαρτον.

mvp-comment-83-1 The MSS. have ἀμβλὺν and προστετριμμένον, but the syntax seems to demand the nominative, ἀλλ᾽ ἀμβλὺς ἤδη πρόσειμι (adsum). The metaphor in blunted and rubbed against other abodes of men is taken from a sharp edge worn down and made dull against a wall. The sense is, that he has already undergone purification at the hands of many persons in the course of his long travels. It seems from the scholiast that there was an ancient reading προστε τραμμένον, and perhaps also a variant προστετριμμένον τ' ayos, which he explains by ἄλλοις προστριψάμενον τὸ μύσος.

mvp-comment-84-1 χέρσον καὶ θάλασσαν] Cf. 77, ὑπέρ τε πόντον καὶ περιρρύτας πόλεις.

mvp-comment-85-1 αὐτοῦ] here. Eur. Herc. F. 1397

αὐτοῦ γενοίμην πέτρος ἀμνήμων κακῶν.
In Ag. 433 1568 it means there.

mvp-comment-86-1 Even here the Furies rush in, unwearied by the long pursuit. This is a very fine passage, and the versification is splendid. The voiceless informer' is of course the smell of blood.

mvp-comment-87-1 ἀνδροκμῆσι] fatiguing. See Cho. 875 . Suppl. 661 , inf. 916. From the Scholium μεγαλοκμῆσιν Heimsoeth ingeniously restores ἀρθροκμῆσιν· μελοκμῆσιν, limb-tiring. Both of these however are strange compounds.

mvp-comment-88-1 καταπτακών] Schol.

καταπτήξας πρὸς τῷ ἀγάλματι.
See Veitch, Gr. Verbs, p. 566, in πτήσσω.

mvp-comment-89-1 ἀτίτας] Schol.

ἀτιμώρητος.
In Ag. 72 it seems to mean taking no part in the vengeance.

mvp-comment-90-1 The Schol. seems to have read χρεῶν for χερῶν, and to have construed ὑπόδικος χρεῶν (ὢν) θέλει γενέσθαι πλεχθεὶς περὶ κ.τ.λ., which however is clearly wrong. We must understand that Orestes is willing, under the protection of the goddess, and while clasping her statue, to place himself ἐν χερῶν δίκῃ, in the hands of his persecutors, and to submit himself to justice.

mvp-comment-91-1 αἷμα κ.τ.λ.] Blood once shed can never be taken up again from the earth and restored to the veins from which it flowed. Compare Ag. 987-9 . Inf. 617.

mvp-comment-92-1 τὸ διερόν] Life-blood once shed on the ground is gone for ever. Hesych.

διερόν· ὑγρὸν, χλωρὸν, ζωὸν, ἔναιμον.
In Od. v1. 201
οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνὴρ διερὸς βροτὸς,
it is exactly the Latin vivax. Curtius, Gr. Et. 235 , refers it to the root δι, implying scared restlessness.

mvp-comment-93-1 ἀλλ᾽ ἀντιδοῦναι κ.τ.λ.] No! you have shed lifeblood, and life-blood you must give to me in return to suck from your veins. The notion attaching to these demons was very like that which people had of witches but a few generations ago, viz. that leanness and pining, blight and sickness were caused by them. See inf. 900, sup. 133.

mvp-comment-94-1 οὐκ εὐσεβῶν for ἀσεβῶν is Hermann's correction to restore the dochmiac verse. Impiety to gods or parents, sacrilege or revealing mysteries, violating an oath or betraying a suppliant, were the high misdemeanours with the Greeks, who show little consciousness of the sin of sensual excesses.

mvp-comment-95-1 δελτογράφῳ] This notion of recording sins in a book or tablet is curious. We have the same in a fragment of Euripides, Melanipp. 488 , where the poet says that the whole heaven would not be space enough for Zeus to write down the sins of man.

mvp-comment-96-1 Orestes addresses the spectators perhaps rather than the chorus. He says he has had a lesson in suffering, and his acquaintance with many forms and rites of expiation (sup. 230) has taught him when to speak and when to be silent; but on this occasion, although murderers as a rule can neither speak nor be spoken to, he has been ordered by Apollo himself to plead his own cause, and to assert his innocence.

mvp-comment-97-1 ἀβλαβεῖ] 'It would be long to tell how many I have visited since the first commission of the crime, and the first purification at Delphi, none of whom have received any harm from converse with me.' Schol.

ἐβλάπτοντο γὰρ οἱ μυσαροῖς ξυντυγχάνοντες.

mvp-comment-98-1 καὶ νῦν] ‘And accordingly now, viz. as I have the full right and even the command to speak. See on Agam. 1 8.

mvp-comment-99-1 πιστόν] This is one of the many allusions in tragedy to treaties either made or contemplated between Athens and Argos. It is again alluded to in v. 733. Schol.

ὡς τότε συμμαχούντων ᾿Αργείων ᾿Αθηναίοις.

Selected scholia accompanying Blass's Eumenides (OCR draft) (The mixed Greek, Latin, and German scholia register printed with Friedrich Blass's 1907 edition, aligned to O. L. Smith's later recensional editions.) focus

mvp-comment-1-1 (in fine paginae v. 1-48 continentis; legebantur vulgo tamquam ad v. 47 adscripta; transp. Weckl.) φαίνεται ἐπὶ σκηνῆς τὸ μαντεῖον, ἡ δὲ προφῆτις πρόσεισιν (πρόεισιν Μ) ἐπικλήσεις, ὡς ἔθος, τῶν θεῶν ποιησαμένη (-ομένη Μ), ἀπροόπτως τε ἰδοῦσα τὰς Ἐρινύας κύκλωι τοῦ Ὀρέστου καθευδούσας πάντα μηνύει τοῖς θεαταῖς, οὐχ ὡς διηγουμένη τὰ ὑπὸ τὴν σκηνήν· τοῦτο γὰρ νεωτερικὸν Εὐριπίδειον (ιον Μ)· ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως τὰ θορυβήσαντα αὐτὴν καταμηνύουσα φιλοτέχνως. τὰ δὲ πρῶτα εὐχαὶ καὶ ἐπικλήσεις θεῶν, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῶν εὐφημοτέρων ἄρξηται ἡ προφῆτις. οἰκονομικῶς δὲ οὐκ ἐν ἀρχῆι διώκεται Ορέστης, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἐν μέσωι τοῦ δράματος κατατάττει, ταμιευόμενος τὰ ἀκμαιότατα ἐν μέσωι. προτιμῶ.

mvp-comment-2-1 Πίνδαρός φησι πρὸς βίαν κρατῆσαι Πυθοῦς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα· διὸ καὶ ταρταρῶσαι αὐτὸν ἐζήτει ἡ Γῆ. Ἐπαφρόδιτος ἐν ὑπομνήματι Καλλιμάχου αἰτίων β΄ φησί· „Μελανθοῦς τῆς Δευκαλίλωνος καὶ Κηφισοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ γίνεται Μέλαινα τοὔνομα, Μελαίνης δὲ καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Δελφός, ἀφ᾽ οὗ οἱ Δελφοί“.

mvp-comment-3-1 ἢ τῆς κοινῆς μητρὸς πάντων, ἢ τῆς Θέμιδος.

mvp-comment-4-1 κλήρωι.

mvp-comment-5-1 ἀντὶ τοῦ) ὀπτήριον. θεασαμένη τὸν τῆς ἀδελφῆς (richtig wäre θυγατρὸς) ἑαυτῆς Λητοῦς παῖδα δέδωκε συγγενικὴν δόσιν.

mvp-comment-6-1 ἀπόδειξις αὕτη τῆς δωρεᾶς οὐκ ἀχάριστος.

mvp-comment-7-1 τὴν Κύνθον. διὰ δὲ τοῦ „χοιράδα" σχεδὸν τὴν αἰτίαν φησὶ δι᾽ ἣν ἀπέλιπεν Ἀπόλλων, ἐκκλίνων τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦ χωρίου. τὴν στρογγύλην (näml. λίμνην).

mvp-comment-8-1 χαριζόμενος Ἀθηναίοις καταχθῆναί φησιν ἐκεῖσε Ἀπόλλωνα κἀκεῖθεν τὴν παραπομπὴν (Heyne für περιπ.) αὐτῶι εἶναι. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος) ἐκ Τανάγρας τῆς Βοιωτίας.

mvp-comment-9-1 οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. Θησεὺς γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐκάθηρε (Rob. f. καθῆρεν) τῶν ληιστῶν· καὶ ὅταν πέμπωσιν εἰς Δελφοὺς θεωρίαν (Weil f. θεωρίδα), προέρχονται [γάρ] (del. Rob., τινες Weckl.) ἔχοντες πελέκεις ὡς διημερώσοντες τὴν γῆν.

mvp-comment-10-1 καὶ ὁ Δελφὸς λεώς (λ. del. Vict.), ὃς (ὅ Μ) ἐστι τῆς χώρας ἄναξ καὶ κυβερνήτης.

mvp-comment-11-1 κτίσας: ποιήσας· ἰδίωμα δὲ τοῦτο Αἰσχύλου.

mvp-comment-12-1 „χή Παλλάς, Δελφοί νιν ὅθ᾽ ἱδρύοντο προναίην“ Καλλίμαχος.

mvp-comment-13-1 ὁ Παρνασσός.

mvp-comment-14-1 διὸ εἶπε δαιμόνων ἀναστροφή.“

mvp-comment-15-1 λαγωοῦ δίκην καταπτήξαντι καὶ μὴ ἀνθισταμένωι. νῦν φησὶν ἐν Παρνασῶι εἶναι τὰ κατὰ Πενθέα, ἐν δὲ ταῖς Ξαντρίαις ἐν Κιθαιρῶνι.

mvp-comment-16-1 ἡ (τὴν Μ) Πυθὼ ἦν (τὴν Μ) πρώην Ποσειδῶνος, ὑπὲρ ἧς Καλαύρειαν ἐδέξατο. Καλλίμαχος· „μέσφα Καλαυρείης ἦλθεν ἐς (Rob. f. εἰς) ἀντίδοσιν.“

mvp-comment-17-1 καλοῦσα φροιμιάζομαι.

mvp-comment-18-1 τοῦτό φησιν, ἐπεὶ δραματική ἐστιν ἡ ποίησις· εἰ δὲ ἦν διηγηματική, εἶπεν ἂν ὁ ποιητής· ταῦτα εἶποῦσα εἰς θρόνον ἐκαθέζετο.

mvp-comment-19-1 ἴτων: ἴτωσαν, Αττικώτερον.

mvp-comment-20-1 διάλειμμα γίνεται). πρὸς (παρ᾿ Μ) ὀλίγον ἔρημος ἡ σκηνὴ γίνεται. οὔτε γὰρ ὁ χορός) πω πάρεστιν, ἥ τε ἱέρεια εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν ναόν. τὰ δεινὰ ἐξέπεμψέ με τοῦ μαντείου. ἰδοῦσα γὰρ Ὀρέστην ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ καὶ τὰς Ἐρινύας κοιμωμένας, ἔξεισι τεταραγμένη τετραποδηδὸν ἐκ τοῦ νεώ.

mvp-comment-21-1 διὰ τὸ γῆρας. κουφίζειν· σημαίνει) δὲ καὶ τὸ γαυριᾶν καὶ ἀτάκτως πηδᾶν (s. Plat. Leg. II, 672 C).

mvp-comment-22-1 ἱκέτην.

mvp-comment-23-1 (zu νεοσπ.) ἐμφατικῶς τοῦτο νεωστὶ ηὐθεντηκότα (αὐθ. Μ) παρίστησιν. νεωστὶ ἐσπασμένον.

mvp-comment-24-1 εἰώθασιν, ὅταν ἀσαφές τι εἴπωσιν, οἱ ποιηταὶ ἐπεκδιδάσκειν αὐτό. Ὅμηρος (Ε 586) „κύμβαχος ἐν κονίηισιν, ἐπὶ βρεγμόν τε καὶ ὤμους“.

mvp-comment-25-1 τῶν Ἐρινύων.

mvp-comment-26-1 πρὸς τὸ φοβερὸν τῆς ὄψεως.

mvp-comment-27-1 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ Αρπυίας αὐτὰς λέγω· εἶδον γὰρ αὐτὰς ἐν γραφῆι πτερωτάς.

mvp-comment-28-1 ἃς τις βδελύξαιτο καὶ ἐκτραπείη (so!) μισήσας. σκυθρωποί.

mvp-comment-29-1 οἷον αἱματηράν.

mvp-comment-30-1 ὃν ἔχουσι περικείμενον (Scal. für παρακ.) ἑαυταῖς.

mvp-comment-31-1 οὐδέποτε τοιοῦτον γένος εἶδον. συνηθείας, συνουσίας, συστήματος.

mvp-comment-32-1 τὸν (Herm. f. τὸ) τῆς ἀνατροφῆς.

mvp-comment-33-1 ὥστε εἰ θεραπείας χρεία, ἰατρός ἐστιν· εἶἴτε μαντείας, τερατοσκόπος· εἴτε καθαρμῶν, καθάρσιος.

mvp-comment-34-1 πόσωι μᾶλλον τῶν ἰδίων.

mvp-comment-35-1 ἐπιφανεὶς Ἀπόλλων συμβουλεύει Ὀρέστηι καταλιπεῖν μὲν τὸ μαντεῖον, φυγεῖν δὲ εἰς Ἀθήνας. καὶ δευτέρα δὲ γίνεται φαντασία. στραφέντα γὰρ μηχανήματα ἔνδηλα ποιεῖ τὰ κατὰ τὸ μαντεῖον ὡς ἔχει καὶ γίνεται ὄψις τραγική· τὸ μὲν ξίφος ἡιμαγμένον ἔτι κατέχων Ορέστης, αἱ δὲ κύκλωι φρουροῦσαι αὐτόν. πρὸς Ὀρέστην φησίν· ἀπέστη γὰρ ἡ ἱέρεια.

mvp-comment-36-1 ἐπίστασαι,

mvp-comment-37-1 τὸ δὲ σὸν σθένος ἀσφαλές ἐστιν εἰς τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν.

mvp-comment-38-1 γράφεται πρέπων“, οὐχ ὅμοιος (Paley st. - ον)· αἱ μὲν γὰρ καθεύδουσιν, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐγρήγορα.

mvp-comment-39-1 πολιαὶ γάρ· παῖδες διὰ τὸ νέον, ἢ ἐπειδὴ ἄγαμοι καὶ παρθένοι εἰσί. τὸ ἀλλόκοτον δὲ τῆς φύσεως διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τραγικώτερον διασύρει.

mvp-comment-40-1 ἕνεκεν τοῦ κακοποιεῖν.

mvp-comment-41-1 ἐλάσουσι (Ddf. f. -ωσι).

mvp-comment-42-1 περιέπων.

mvp-comment-43-1 ταῖς ἀγκάλαις.

mvp-comment-44-1 τὸ τῶν ἱκετῶν σέ-

mvp-comment-45-1 ὅδιος γὰρ ὁ θεός (auch f).

mvp-comment-46-1 φυλάσσων. βισμα καὶ δέημα οὐ μόνον τιμᾶι ὁ Ζεύς, ἀλλὰ καὶ σέβει, ὁρῶν αὐτὸ ὁρμώμενον προσηκούσηι τύχηι.

mvp-comment-47-1 ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης φυγῆι οἴχεται Ἀθήναζε πυθόμενος· αἱ δὲ Ἐρινύες μόναι καθεύδουσιν, ὑπὸ πόνου ἴσως καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος, τοῦ τραγωιδοποιοῦ τοῦτο ἐπιτηδεύσαντος, ἵνα διὰ τούτου ἐμφάνηι (hellenist. f. -ήνηι; -ανῆ Μ) τὸ ἄγριον αὐτῶν καὶ χαλεπόν. πῶς δὲ διεγείρονται; οὐχ ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος, οὐδὲ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἄλληι φαντασίᾶι. ἐφίσταται γὰρ τὸ εἴδωλον Κλυταιμήστρας καὶ μεμψάμενον ἀνεγείρει, ὥστε ποικίλαις φαντασίαις πεπύκνωται.

mvp-comment-48-1 λείπει εἰμί. ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐφόνευσα Αγαμέμνονα ἀπώσασθε καὶ οἱ ἐμὲ φονεύσαντες οὐκ ἀτιμάζονται. παιδευτικὰ δὲ ταῦτα· τὸ γὰρ τοὺς ἐναγεῖς καὶ μετὰ θάνατον ὑπὸ νεκρῶν ἀτιμάζεσθαι ἱκανῶς ἔχεται παιδεύσεως.

mvp-comment-49-1 ἐν

mvp-comment-50-1 καὶ σφαγεῖσα αἰτιῶμαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν, τῶν περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα. τῶι καθεύδειν ὁ νοῦς ἀκριβέστερον ὁρᾶι, μὴ παραπλανώμενος τῆι θέᾶι. τραγικώτερον δὲ τὸ εἴδωλον Κλυταιμήστρας σώιζει τὴν σφαγήν.

mvp-comment-51-1 ἡ τῆς φρενὸς μοῖρα οὐ προορᾶι ἐν ἡμέρᾶι.

mvp-comment-52-1 οἶνος γὰρ οὐ σπένδεται Ἐρινύσιν.

mvp-comment-53-1 ἔθυον ἐν ἡι οὐδεὶς τῶν θεῶν ἐκοινώνει τῆς θυσίας ὑμῖν. ἐν γὰρ τῶι μεσονυκτίωι μόναις Ἐρινύσιν ἀπάρχονται. ὅτι (auf ein χ) ταύταις μόναις ἐν νυκτὶ θύουσιν.

mvp-comment-54-1 διὰ τὸ πεφευγέναι ἐκ τοῦ νεώ.

mvp-comment-55-1 χλευάσας, ἐγγελάσας (auch f). διὰ δὲ τούτων ἐρεθίζει αὐτάς.

mvp-comment-56-1 παρεπιγραφή. τοῦτο δὲ ἐστιν ὁ φησιν ὁ ποιητής (ΙΙ. Δ 20) „αἱ δ᾽ ἐπέμυξαν“. τὸ δὲ (εὐθὺς) ἐγείρεσθαι (ἐγ. (ἀθρόως) Weckl. nach Schol. 140) τὰς παρειμένας ὕπνωι οὐ πιθανόν· κατὰ βραχὺ οὖν ἐκ προσβάσεως τὴν ἔγερσιν ποιήσονται.

mvp-comment-57-1 ὡς παρὰ) τὸ αἳ αἳ αἰάζειν, οὕτω παρὰ) τὸ ὦ ὦ ὤιζειν.

mvp-comment-58-1 τί οὖν μέλλεις τὸ σὸν ἔργον ἀνύειν

mvp-comment-59-1 συνωμοσίαν ποιήσαντες κατεκοίμισαν ὑμᾶς.

mvp-comment-60-1 παρείλοντο.

mvp-comment-61-1 ὀνειροπολοῦσαι διώκειν Ὀρέστην τοῦτό φασιν (φησιν) Μ).

mvp-comment-62-1 ἴσα μαστίγων.

mvp-comment-63-1 ἐφορμήσασα τῶι Ὀρέστηι. οἰκεῖον τῶι πνεῦμα τὸ ἐπουρίσασα.

mvp-comment-64-1 ἐκλεπτύνουσα. πυρετῶι αὐτὸν ἀναλίσκουσα, ὡς δοκεῖν ἀτμοὺς ἀνιέναι ἀπὸ τῆς γαστρὸς αὐτοῦ.

mvp-comment-65-1 ἀναστήσει (vgl. Schol. 117); ἀνίστησιν Kchh.) αὐτὰς οὐκ ἀθρόως, μιμούμενος ἐμφατικῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγείρεταί τις πρώτη, ὥστε μὴ ἀθρόως τὸν χορὸν φθέγξασθαι.

mvp-comment-66-1 μάταιον γίνεται.

mvp-comment-67-1 λείπει δεινά (δεινά auch f).

mvp-comment-68-1 κατεπο-

mvp-comment-69-1 κομματικῶς καστον κατ᾿ ἰδίαν προενεκτέον. αἱ γὰρ φοροι τοῖς πάθεσιν.

mvp-comment-70-1 ἀφόρητον κακὸν ἐπάθομεν. λέμησας.

mvp-comment-71-1 ὡς ἡνίοχος ἔτυψέ με. μέρος τοῦ ἥπατος.

mvp-comment-72-1 λείπει τὸ ὡς.

mvp-comment-73-1 οὐ τὸ τυχόν, ἀλλὰ περισσῶς βαρύ. ἡμᾶς φη(σί) (φασι Weckl.).

mvp-comment-74-1 παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον τὸ πᾶν ἔχοντες.

mvp-comment-75-1 τὸν θρόνον, οὗ Ὀρέστης καθῆστο, πάρεστιν ὁρᾶν φονολιβῆ (-ειβῆ Μ) ἀπὸ ποδῶν ἕως κεφαλῆς ὅλον. τὸ δὲ „γᾶς ὀμφαλόν“ ἀντὶ τοῦ) τὸν (Kirchh. f. τὸ) ἐν Πυθοῖ. διὰ δὲ τούτων ἀποσκευάζειν δοκοῦσι τῆς ἐπικουρίας Ὀρέστου τὸν θεόν.

mvp-comment-76-1 λείπει ὁ καί. ὥστε τὸν ὀμφαλὸν (Schwenk Weil für ὀφθαλμόν) ἔχειν αἱμάτων ἄγος ἐπαίροντα.

mvp-comment-77-1 αὐτὸς αὐτὸν (αὑτὸν Μ) καλέσας ἐπὶ τῶι μιᾶναι τὸν ναόν. ὅσον ἐπὶ σοί.

mvp-comment-78-1 προστρόπαιος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐναγής. ὢν ἐναγὴς ἐν τῶι κάρᾶι ἑαυτοῦ ἕτερον μιάστορα λήψεται, καὶ οἱ ἐξ αὐτοῦ δίκας ἡμῖν δώσουσιν. ἐναγής.

mvp-comment-79-1 τραγικώτερον ὄφιν εἶπεν τὸ βέλος διὰ τὸν ἰόν, πτηνὸν δὲ διὰ τὸ ἐπτερῶσθαι. τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πρὸς πάσας ὁ λόγος, πρὸς μίαν δὲ ἑκάστην νῦν.

mvp-comment-80-1 νευρᾶς.

mvp-comment-81-1 τὸ αἷμα μέλανα ἀφρὸν εἶπεν, οὐ δήπου τὸ ἔμφυτον αὐτῶν· ἀναίμονες γάρ εἰσιν οἱ θεοί· ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων ἠθροισμένον (ήθρ. Μ), ὡς τούτωι τροφῆι χρωμένων αὐτῶν.

mvp-comment-82-1 τὰς πήξεις τοῦ αἵματος.

mvp-comment-83-1 αἱ ἀποκεφαλίζουσαι.

mvp-comment-84-1 χλοῦνις ἀκρωνία. ἡ ἀκμαία ἀποκοπή (χλοῦνιν λέγει τὴν ἀκμαίαν ἀποκοπήν f), παρὰ τὴν χλόην· ἢ ἐπεὶ χλούνης (χλοῦνις f) ὁ σῦς, κάπροι δὲ συνεχῶς εὐνουχίζονται (soweit auch f), διὰ τοῦτο τὴν ἀποκοπὴν συϊκὴν εἶπεν, οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνην. ἡ ἐκτομὴ μορίων.

mvp-comment-85-1 ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τῆς μορφῆς ὑμῶν ἡ κακία τῶν τρόπων ὑμῶν διαδεί-

mvp-comment-86-1 μύσος προστρίβεσθαι.

mvp-comment-87-1 μόναι, ὡς ἀνήμερα θηρία.

mvp-comment-88-1 οὐκ κνυται. ἐπικοινωνῶν τῆι αἰτίᾶι, ἀλλὰ τοῦ παντὸς σὺ αἴτιος.

mvp-comment-89-1 ὥστε δέξασθαι τὸν φονέα.

mvp-comment-90-1 ἠθικεύσαντο τὰς διωκτρίας προπομποὺς εἰποῦσαι. προστέταχθε ποιεῖν περὶ (Abresch f. παρὰ) ἀνδροφόνου γυναικός; τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος φόνος οὐκ ἦν αὐθέντης, ὅ ἐστι μιαρός.

mvp-comment-91-1 τί

mvp-comment-92-1 ἡσυχαιτέραν: δολιωτέραν (δολ. auch f; σχολαιστέραν Voigt). δίκη τοῦ μητρώιου αἵματος.

mvp-comment-93-1 μή τοί τι (τι τοι Μ) θεῶν μήνιμα γένωμαι (Hom. X 358).

mvp-comment-94-1 ἀκάθαρτον.

mvp-comment-95-1 ἀντὶ τοῦ) ἐπελθόντα.

mvp-comment-96-1 ἄλλοις προστριψάμενον τὸ μύσος. ...

mvp-comment-97-1 ταῖς ἐννοίαις.

mvp-comment-98-1 ὡς αὐτόχρημα αἵματος ὄντος (αἷμα στάζοντος, vgl. u., Weckl.) Ὀρέστου καὶ μιαίνοντος τὴν γῆν ἧς ἐφάψεται. τετραυματισμέ(νον): τὸ μὲν ἀπορρεῖν τὸ αἷμα παραδοξολογίας ἐστὶ τραγικῆς· ὅρα δὲ μὴ ἐκβαίνει τὴν πίστιν ὁ ἀπὸ Ἄργους εἰς Δελφοὺς ἥκων, εἶτα ἐκεῖθεν εἰς Ἀθήνας, καὶ ἔτι αἷμα στάζων ἀπὸ τοῦ ξίφους. φαντασία οὖν ἀμήχανος· ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκέχυται τῆι παραδοξολογίᾶι.

mvp-comment-99-1 τὸ ἡμέτερον σπλάγχνον.

mvp-comment-100-1 ὅτι μὴ πτερωτὰς εἰσήγαγεν αὐτάς (auf ein x be-

mvp-comment-101-1 μεγαλοκμῆσιν. züglich).

mvp-comment-102-1 καταπτήξας πρὸς τῶι ἀγάλματι.

mvp-comment-103-1 προσσαίνει.

mvp-comment-104-1 τὸ αὐτὸ πρόσωπόν ἐστι.

mvp-comment-105-1 ἀτίτας: ἀτιμώρητος (ἀτιμ. auf f).

mvp-comment-106-1 ἀνθ᾿ ὧν ἡμῖν χρεωστεῖ πρόσφυξ θέλει γενέσθαι τῆς θεοῦ.

mvp-comment-107-1 οὐ πάρεστιν αὐτῶι νικῆσαι ἡμᾶς.

mvp-comment-108-1 τὸ ἅπαξ χυθὲν αἷμα δυσίατον.

mvp-comment-109-1 πᾶν διερὸν ἐκκεχυμένον εἰς τὴν γῆν δυσαγκόμιστον· τοιοῦτο οὖν καὶ τὸ αἷμα. τὸ βρέξαν τὴν γῆν.·

mvp-comment-110-1 ἐγὼ

mvp-comment-111-1 καταπίνειν.

mvp-comment-112-1 θρόμβον αἵματος.

mvp-comment-113-1 δικαστής. γρά(φωι): ἐφορᾶι δὲ πάντα ἀναγραφόμενος αὐτὰ τῆι ἰδίᾶι δέλτωι. διδαχ(θείς): διδαχθεὶς πολλοὺς καθαρμούς, ὅ ἐστι, τηλικαῦτα ἀτυχήσας (Steph. f. ἀψ.), ἃ πολλῶν ἐδεήθη καθαρμῶν. ἄλλως· οἱ ἐναγεῖς οὔτε ἐν ἱερῶι προσ ήιεσαν οὔτε προσέβλεπον (προέβλ. Μ) οὐδὲ (Rob. f. οὐ) διελέγοντό τινι. (καὶ παρ᾿ Εὐριπίδηι) (Frg. 996 Ν.) „τί σιγᾶις; μῶν φόνον τιν᾿ ἠργάσω“; (εἰργ. Μ). ἐπεὶ οὖν Ὀρέστης μέλλει διαλέγεσθαι δοκῶν ἔτι ἐναγὴς εἶναι, ἐγώ, φησί, διδαχθεὶς σὺν κακῶι τῶι ἐμαυτοῦ, καὶ οἷον διδασκάλοις χρησάμενος ταῖς ἐμαῖς συμφοραῖς, ἐπίσταμαι καὶ σιγᾶν καὶ λαλεῖν ὅπου δεῖ, ἑκατέρου καιρὸν γινώσκων.

mvp-comment-114-1 κοιμάται.

mvp-comment-115-1 ἐκκεκαθαρμένον.

mvp-comment-116-1 ἐβλάπτοντο γὰρ οἱ μυσαροῖς (Steph. f. -ροὶ) ξυντυγχάνοντες.

mvp-comment-117-1 λείπει ἐμέ. ὡς τότε συμμαχούντων Ἀργείων Αθηναίοις.

Wecklein’s commentary on Eumenides (1888; German; OCR draft) (Explanatory commentary, pp. 251–322; HW42J8 and HXJHA8 OCR collated, with missing comparison pages 294–295 explicitly marked. Unresolved OCR and provisional reference mappings are explicitly marked.) focus

mvp-comment-1-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 251

mvp-comment-1-2 Prolog, wenn man das Erwachen der Erinyen 140-178 als Parodos und das zweite Erscheinen derselben 244-275 als Epiparodos gelten läfst. Andernfalls müfste man den Prolog bis zum eigentlichen Auftreten des Chors als der wirklichen Parodos, also 1-243 rechnen. Die Pythia, welche als Greisin (38) sich auf einen Stab stützt, kommt (durch eine Seitenthüre der Hinterwand) aus einem Nebenraume des Tempels zum Haupteingange desselben und verrichtet vor dem Eintritt ein Gebet (30 f.). Sie hat die χρηστηρία ἐσθής wie Kasandra in Agamemnon (zu Ag. 774 ). Gut bemerkt der Schol. :

φαίνεται ἐπὶ σκηνῆς τὸ μαντεῖον· η δὲ προφῆτις πρόεισιν ἐπικλήσεις, ὡς ἔθος, τῶν θεῶν ποιησομένη, ἀπροόπτως τε ἰδοῦσα τὰς Ἐρινύας κύκλῳ τοῦ Ὀρέστου καθευδούσας πάντα μηνύει τοῖς θεαταῖς, οὐχ ὡς διηγουμένη τὰ ὑπὸ τὴν σκηνήν, τοῦτο γὰρ νεωτερικὸν Εὐριπίδειον, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως τὰ θορυβήσαντα αὐτὴν καταμηνύουσα φιλοτέχνως
(d. h. die Exposition ist nicht unvermittelt wie bei Euripides, sondern wohl motiviert). τὰ δὲ πρῶτα εὐχαὶ καὶ ἐπικλήσεις θεῶν, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῶν εὐφημοτέρων ἄρξηται ἡ προφῆτις (in der That breitet das Gebet der Priesterin über den Anfang eine weihevolle Stimmung aus). οἰκονομικῶς δὲ οὐκ ἐν ἀρχῇ διώκεται Ὀρέστης, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ δράματος κατατάττει, ταμιευόμενος τὰ ἀκμαιότατα ἐν μέσῳ.

mvp-comment-2-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 251

mvp-comment-2-2 θεῶν ist von πρῶτον, nicht von πρεσβεύω (wie Cho. 629 ) abhängig, da πρωτόμαντιν in kausalem Verhältnis zu πρῶτον steht und es rechtfertigt, dafs Gäa zuerst unter den Göttern gefeiert wird. Vgl. Cho. 486 . Gäa ist die erste Inhaberin des Orakels, weil es ein Erdorakel war (μαντείον χθόνιον Eur. Iph. T. 1248 ), wie die Höhle des Trophonios u. a. Ihr folgt Themis als Tochter ( Hes. Theog. 135 ), welche nach attischer Vorstellung auch als identisch mit Gäa erscheint (s. zu Prom. 225

Θέμις καὶ Γαῖα, πολλῶν ὀνομάτων μορφὴ μία
). Vgl. ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος Eur. Or. 164 . ἐκ δὲ τῆς (nach ihr aber, Kriger II § 50, 1, 1) für δεύτερον δέ.

mvp-comment-3-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 251

mvp-comment-3-2 δή (eben) hebt hervor, dafs Themis als Tochter nachfolgte. τὸ .. μαντείον ἕζετο: zu Ag.193 . Der Zusatz ὡς λόγος τις weist auf andere Wendungen der Sage hin. Paus. X 5, 5 λέγεται δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ διάφορα ἐς αὐτοὺς Δελφούς, πλείω δὲ ἔτι ἐς τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος τὸ μαντείον. φασὶ γὰρ δὴ τὰ ἀρχαιό τατα Γῆς εἶναι τὸ χρηστήριον καὶ Δάφνιδα ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τετάχθαι πρόμαντιν ὑπὸ τῆς Γῆς κτέ.

mvp-comment-4-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 251

mvp-comment-4-2 λάχει: κλήρῳ Schol. Θελούσης scil. αὐτῆς τῆς Θέμιδος). Krüger I § 47, 4, 3 . Die gewöhnliche Wendung der Sage, nach welcher Apollon den das Orakel bewachenden Drachen Python tötete und Themis von der Stätte verdrängte (Schol. Πίνδαρός φησι πρὸς βίαν κρατῆσαι Πυθοῦς τὸν ᾿Απόλλωνα· διὸ καὶ ταρταρῶσαι αὐτὸν ἐζήτει ἡ Γῆ, Eur. Iph. T. 1249 ff. ) wird von dem religiösen Dichter nachdrücklich abgewiesen, und Phöbe, eine andere Tochter der Gäa ( Hes. Theog. 136 ), eingeschoben, damit die Verwandtschaft durchweg als Grund der Übertragung erscheine.

mvp-comment-5-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 252

mvp-comment-5-2 Τιτανίς als Tochter des Uranos und der Gäa. Τιτανὶς Θέμις Prom. 900 . C

mvp-comment-6-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 252

mvp-comment-6-2 ή in solcher Stellung (wie in ἦ δ' ή) nur hier. Sonst nur ἣ δέ, ἣ γάρ und καὶ ἥ. γενέθλιον δόσιν, als Geburtsgeschenk. Bei den Athenern wurden von den Verwandten solche Geschenke an den Ἀμφιδρόμια gegeben. Dieses Fest, an welchem das Kind den Namen erhielt, wurde bald nach der Geburt gefeiert (Hesych. und Harpokr. unter Ἀμφιδρόμια).

mvp-comment-7-1 1

mvp-comment-7-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 252

mvp-comment-7-3 τήθης (Grofsmutter): Phöbe wurde von Koios Mutter der Leto ( Hes. Theog. 406 ).

mvp-comment-8-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 252

mvp-comment-8-2 λίμνην Δηλίαν τε: zu Ag. 594 . λίμνη ( Herod. II 170

ἡ τροχοειδής καλεομένη
) ist der kreisförmige See auf Delos, an welchem Leto den Phöbos geboren hatte: Theogn. 5 Φοῖβε ἄναξ, ὅτε μέν σε θεὰ τέκε πότνια Λητὼ ... ἐπὶ τροχοειδέϊ λίμνῃ, Eur. Iph. Τ. 1103 , Ion 167 . χοιράδα: ein Schol. versteht darunter den Berg Kynthos ( Κύνθιον ὄχθον Eur. Iph. Τ. 1098 ), an welchem der runde See lag. Richtiger denkt ein anderer an das Felseneiland selbst: διὰ τοῦ χοιράδα σχεδὸν τὴν αἰτίαν φησὶ δι᾽ ἣν ἀπέλιπεν Ἀπόλλων, ἐκκλίνων τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦ χωρίου. Ebenso Eur. Iph. T. 1239 φέρε (Leto) δ᾽ ἵνιν ἀπὸ δειράδος εἰναλίας λοχεῖα κλεινὰ λιποῦσ᾽, ἀστάκτων μάτειρ᾽ ὑδάτων, τὴν βακχεύουσαν Διονύσῳ Παρνάσιον κορυφαν nach dem ersten Hymn. auf Apollon V. 72 νῆσον ἀτιμήσας, ἐπειὴ κραναήπεδός εἰμι (Delos spricht). Man hat aber χοιράδα wohl mehr von dem Anblick, welchen die Insel vom Meere aus bietet, von der klippenreichen Küste zu verstehen wie Pers. 424
ἀκταὶ δὲ νεκρῶν χοιράδες τ᾽ ἐπλήθυον
und Eur. Tro.89
έκταὶ δὲ Μυκόνου Δήλιοι τε χοιράδες πολλῶν θανόντων σώμαθ᾽ ἕξουσιν νεκρῶν
.

mvp-comment-8-3 2

mvp-comment-9-1 3

mvp-comment-9-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 252

mvp-comment-9-3 Schol. :

χαριζόμενος Ἀθηναίοις καταχθῆναί φησιν ἐκεῖσε Ἀπόλλωνα κἀκεῖθεν τὴν παραπομ πὴν Ἀὐτῷ εἶναι. ὁ δὲ Πίνδαρος ἐκ Τανάγρας (Τεγύρας
O. Müller) τῆς Βοιωτίας. Auch in dem Hymnus auf den Pythischen Apollon V. 36 ff. ist die Richtung des Weges eine ardere. Die alte Sitte, dafs den athenischen Festgesandtschaften nach Delphi Leute mit Äxten um den Weg zu bahnen vorhergehen ( ὅταν πέμπωσιν εἰς Δελφοὺς θεωρίαν, προέρχονταί τινες ἔχοντες πελέκεις ὡς διημερώσοντες τὴν γῆν Schol.), wird auf die erste Ankunft des Apollon übertragen und darin eine Art Beweis gefunden, dafs er seinen Weg von Delos nach Delphi über Attika genommen habe. So auch Ephoros bei Strabon IX p. 422 καθ᾿ ὃν χρόνον Ἀπόλλωνα τὴν γῆν ἐπιόντα ἡμεροῦν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους .. ἐξ ᾿Αθηνῶν δ᾽ ὁρμηθέντα ἐπὶ Δελφοὺς ταύτην ἰέναι τὴν ὁδόν, ᾗ νῦν Ἀθηναῖοι τὴν Πυθιάδα πέμπουσι.

mvp-comment-10-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 252

mvp-comment-10-2 μέγα: zu Cho.137 .

mvp-comment-11-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-11-2 παῖδες Ηφαίστου: Schol. :

οἱ Αθηναῖοι. Θησεὺς γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐκάθηρε τῶν λῃστῶν.
Die Athener, welche von Dichtern Ερεχθεῖδαι genannt werden ( Soph. Ai. 202 , Eur. Med. 824 ), können Hephästoskinder heifsen, weil Erichthonios, mit dem Erechtheus identifiziert wurde, als Sohn des Hephästos galt (daher auch θεῶν παῖδες Eur. Med. 825 ). Vgl. Hesych. Ἡφαιστιάδαι: Ἀθήναῖοι. Hier aber sind offenbar Leute mit Äxten d. i. Zimmerleute zu verstehen.

mvp-comment-12-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-12-2 τιμαλφεῖ: über den Gebrauch dieses Wortes bei Äsch. bemerkt der Schol. zu 629 :

συνεχὲς τὸ ὄνομα παρ᾿ Αἰσχύλῳ, διὸ σκώπτει αὐτὸν Επίχαρμος.
Vgl. noch 810, Ag. 913
τιμαλφής
frg. 53. Abgesehen von Späteren kommt das Wort auch bei Pindar vor.

mvp-comment-13-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-13-2 Δελφός: Επαφρόδιτος ἐν ὑπομνήματι Καλλιμάχου αἰτίων β' φησί Μελανθοῦς τῆς Δευκαλίωνος καὶ Κηφισοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ γίνεται Μέλαινα τοὔνομα, Μελαίνης δὲ καὶ Ποσειδῶνος Δελφός, ἀφ᾽ οὗ οἱ Δελφοί. Schol.

mvp-comment-14-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-14-2 νιν gehört sowohl zu κτίσας (mit φρένα, vgl. 88) als zu ΐζει. ἔνθεος τέχνης nach Analogie von ἔμπειρος.

mvp-comment-15-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-15-2 Διὸς προφήτης: vgl. 621, frg 82 ταῦτα γὰρ πατὴρ Ζεὺς ἐγκαθίει Λοξία θεσπίσματα, Hymn. Hom. 1 132 χρήσω (Apollon spricht) δ' ἀνθρώποισι Διός νημερτέα βουλήν, ΙΙΙ 471 σὲ (Hermes zu Apollon) δέ φασι δαήμεναι ἐκ Διὸς ὀμφῆς μαντείας, Εκάεργε· Διὸς πάρα θέσφατα πάντα, Verg. Aen. III 251 quae Phoebo pater omnipotens, mihi Phoebus Apollo praedixit.

mvp-comment-16-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-16-2 ἐν εὐχαῖς steht in Gegensatz zu dem folgenden ἐν λόγοις: den Gottheiten des Orakels selbst werden zuerst (als προοίμια) fromme Gebete geweiht; dann werden die übrigen Gottheiten des Ortes in Worten der Verehrung begrüfst. Παλλὰς προναία heifst sie nach der Lage ihres Heiligtums. Der Schol. erwähnt den Vers des Kallimachos :

χὴ Παλλάς, Δελφοί νιν ὅθ᾽ ἱδρύοντο προναίην
. Vgl. Herod. VIII 37
τὸ ἱρὸν τῆς Προνηίης 'Ἀθηναίης,
Diod. ΧΙ 14 μέχρι τοῦ ναοῦ τῆς προναίας Ἀθηνάς, wie sich in delphischen Inschriften τῷ ᾿Αθάνα τα προναία findet (E. Curtius Anecd. Delph. p. 77 sq.). Über den Tempel Paus. X 8, 6 .

mvp-comment-17-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 253

mvp-comment-17-2 νύμφας ἔνθα (die Nymphen welche wohnen wo): eine ähnliche Brachylogie 689 σκηνάς, ὅτ᾽ ἦλθον, Soph. Trach. 240

εὐχαῖς ὅθ' ᾕρει κτε. Κωρυκὶς πέτρα
: die Korykische Grotte am Parnafs oberhalb Delphi ( Herod. VIII 36 ) war den Nymphen und dem Pan geweiht, Soph. Ant. 1126
σὲ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ διλόφου πέτρας στέροψ ὄπωπε λιγνύς, ἔνθα Κωρύκιαι νύμφαι στείχουσι Βακχίδες
, Paus. X 32, 7 ἱερὸν δὲ αὐτὸ (nämlich τὸ Κωρύκιον ἄντρον) οἱ περὶ τὸν Παρνασὸν Κωρυκίων τε εἶναι νυμφῶν καὶ Πανὸς μάλιστα ἥγηνται. φίλορνις bezieht sich auf den Wald, welcher die Grotte umgiebt.

mvp-comment-18-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 254

mvp-comment-18-2 Βρόμιος: man glaubte öfter nächtlicher Weile Fackelglanz auf dem Parnafs wahrzunehmen, der von der Nachtfeier des Dionysos herrühren sollte. Soph. Ant. 1125 , Eur. Ion 716, 1125 , Phoen. 226, Aristoph. Frö. 1211 .

mvp-comment-19-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 254

mvp-comment-19-2 D. i. nachdem Dionysos an der Spitze der Bakchen den Pentheus im Kithäron überwunden, drang er bis zum Parnasse vor. Man braucht nicht mit dem Schol. anzunehmen, dafs der Untergang des Pentheus hier auf den Parnafs verlegt sei. Die Pentheussage hat Aschylos im Πενθεύς (und in den Ξάντριαι) wie Euripides in den Βάκχαι behandelt. Pentheus wird von Agane, Ino, Autonoe, welche ihn für ein wildes Tier halten, zerrissen; daher λαγὼ δίκην. ἐξ ούτε auch Pers. 764 . Sonst ὥστε Eum. 1025 , Sept. 488 , Pers. 300 u. öfter in lyrischen und anapästischen Partieen. Der V. 26 entbehrt der gewöhnlichen Cäsur. Vgl. Suppl. 920 , Pers. 254 , 355, 468, 504, 506, 512, 522, Prom. 667 .

mvp-comment-20-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 254

mvp-comment-20-2 Der Pleistos, jetzt Xeropotamos, war ein Flüfschen, das in der Nähe der Korykischen Grotte entsprang. Daher sind die Korykischen Nymphen die Töchter des Pleistos (Apoll. Rh. II 711). πηγάς ist wie κράτος und Δία von καλοῦσα abhängig. Poseidon hatte einen Altar im Tempel des Apollon, weil in der ältesten Zeit Poseidon Mitbesitzer des Orakels war, bis er dasselbe gegen Kalauria vertauschte (Schol., der einen Vers des Kallimachos anführt: μέσφα Καλαυρείης ἦλθεν ἐς ἀντίδοσιν, Paus. X 5, 6 u. 24, 4). καλοῦσα ἔπειτα wie Soph. Ai. 468

καὶ δρῶν τι χρηστόν, εἶτα λοίσθιον θάνω
; wo auch das Zeitverhältnis durch εἶτα angegeben wird. — τέλειον wie Ag. 964 . Im Tempel zu Delphi stand ein Altar des Ζεὺς Μοιραγέτης (Paus. a. O.). Hier wird er als Ursprung aller Weissagung angerufen.

mvp-comment-20-3 4

mvp-comment-21-1 5

mvp-comment-21-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 254

mvp-comment-21-3 ἐς θρόνους d. i. auf den Dreifufs.

mvp-comment-21-4 6

mvp-comment-22-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 254

mvp-comment-22-2 ,,Und mehr als jemals mögen sie meinen Eingang segnen." Über die Wendung τῶν πρὶν εἰσόδων ἄριστα (wie τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν προτέρων Soph. Ant. 102

μεγίστην τῶν πρὶν Ἑλλήνων
Thuk. VII 66 , solus omnium ante se principum Tac. hist. I 50 ) Krüger I § 47, 28, 10 . τυχεῖν ἄριστα: zu Cho. 707 . μακρῷ ἄριστα wie Aristoph. 673
εὐνούστατος μακρῷ
.

mvp-comment-23-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 254

mvp-comment-23-2 ἴτων: ἴτωσαν. Ἀττικώτερον.Schol. Der Plural nach dem kollektiven τὶς wegen der Vorstellung: die Hellenen haben den Vortritt, unter sich aber sollen sie die Reihenfolge durch das Los bestimmen. Vgl. Eur. Ion 91

θάσσει δὲ γυνὴ τρίποδα ζάθεον Δελφὶς ἀείδουσ᾽ Ελλησι βοάς, ἃς ἂν ᾿Απόλλων κελαδήσῃ
. Aber Delphi war auch, wie Liv. 38, 48 sagt, commune humani generis oraculum. Das Orakel wurde ursprünglich jährlich, später monatlich einmal befragt ( Plut. Mor. p. 292 ). Die Reihenfolge der Befragenden stellten vornehme Delpher durch das Los fest; das Losen wurde mit der Frage ὦ Τύχη καὶ Λοξία τῷδε (1. τῶνδε τίνι θεμι στεύεις; eingeleitet (Simplic. Phys. II p. 75). Daher μαντεύομαι θεός. Die Priesterin tritt ab und es folgt eine kleine Pause. Dann kommt sie voll Entsetzen wieder aus dem Tempel heraus, mit beiden Händen sich an ihrem Stabe aufrecht haltend.

mvp-comment-23-3 7

mvp-comment-24-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 255

mvp-comment-24-2 δεινὰ . . δεινὰ δέ wie δεινὰ μὲν . . δεινὰ δέ.

mvp-comment-25-1 8

mvp-comment-25-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 255

mvp-comment-25-3 ὡς, ὥστε. σωκεῖ· ἰσχύει Hesych. Also οὐ σωκεῖν „ohnmächtig sein". ἀκταίνειν: Schol. κουφίζειν, Hesych. μετεωρίζειν. In Bekk. Anecd. p. 23, 12 wird οὐκέτ᾽ ἀκταίνω als Ausdruck des Aschylos mit οὐκέτι δύναμαι ὀρθοῦν ἐμαυτήν und Etym. M. p. 54 ein Fragm. des Aschylos ἀκταῖνον μένος mit ἀνάγον καὶ δυνάμενον ἀνορθοῦν erklärt. Darnach bedeutet οὐκ ἀκταίνειν βάσιν nicht aufrecht gehen können".

mvp-comment-26-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 255

mvp-comment-26-2 Gegen die Ansicht des Schol. :

ἰδοῦσα Ὀρέστην ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ καὶ τὰς Ερινύας κοιμωμένας ἔξεισι
τεταραγμένη τετραποδηδὸν ἐκ τοῦ νεώ bemerkt mit Recht Hermann (nach Stanley): nihil aliud sacerdos indicat quam manuum adiumento sibi ad incedendum opus esse. Vgl. Eur. Hek. 1058 . Mit ποδωκεία σκελῶν vgl. 916 ἀστύνικον πόλιν, Sept. 207
αστυδρομουμέναν πόλιν
, 716 κτεάνων χρηματοδαίτας.

mvp-comment-27-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 255

mvp-comment-27-2 γραῦς: nach Diod. XVI 26 waren im Anfang die Priesterinnen Jungfrauen; nach der Entführung einer Priesterin aber beschlossen die Delpher, nur Frauen über 50 Jahren das Priesteramt anzuvertrauen. Diesen Gebrauch der späteren Zeit verlegt Aschylos in das Altertum. οὐδέν: Suppl. 757

γυνὴ μονωθείσ᾽ οὐδέν
, Eur. Iph. T. 115 δειλοὶ δ᾽ εἰσὶν οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ. ἀντίπαις wie ἀντίκεντρα 136, ἀντίδουλος Cho. 135 . μὲν οὖν (immo vero) wie Ag. 1075 , 1395.

mvp-comment-28-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 255

mvp-comment-28-2 Die Orakelstätte war, wie in Theben der Vogelschauersitz des Tiresias ( Eur. Bakch. 350 ), mit στέμ ματα (wollenen Binden) gekennzeichnet. Vgl. Einl. S. 17 N. 2. Eur. Ion 222

μέσον ομφαλὸν .. στέμμασί γ᾽ ἐνδυτόν
, 1309 ΚΡ. ἤν γ᾽ ἐντὸς ἀδύτων τῶνδέ με σφάξαι θέλῃς. ΙΩΝ. τίς ἡδονή σοι θεοῦ θανεῖν ἐν στέμμασι; Aristoph. Plut. 39
τί δῆτα Φοῖβος ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμ μάτων; μυχόν
und ὀμφαλῷ wie Cho. 953 . Die Auflösung im fünften Furse ist wie Prom.52 gebildet.

mvp-comment-29-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 255

mvp-comment-29-2 ἕδραν προστρόπαιον: dafs Orestes als Schutzflehender dort kniet, verrät besonders der Zweig, von dem weifse wollene Bänder herabhängen. Vgl. Cho. 1033 , Soph. Oed. T. 2 τίνας ποθ᾽ ἕδρας τάσδε μοι θοάζετε ἱκτηρίοις κλάδοισιν ἐξεστεμμένοι; αἵματι στάζοντα χεῖρας wie Soph. Ai. 10

κάρα στάζων ἱδρῶτι. νεοσπαδές
, wofür Burges νεοσταγές vermutet, verbindet zwei Vorstellungen:,,gezückt und von frischem Blut gerötet".

mvp-comment-30-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 256

mvp-comment-30-2 Vgl. zu Cho. 1033 .

mvp-comment-31-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 256

mvp-comment-31-2 λῆνος wird als minder gewöhnliches, vielleicht sakrales Wort im folg. V. erklärt. Vgl. Sept. 476

ἅλω δὲ πολλήν, ἀσπίδος κύκλον λέγω
. Zwischen μεγίστῳ und σωφρόνως besteht scheinbar ein Widerspruch, in Wirklichkeit nicht, weil hier die Gröfse (die Länge der wollenen Binden) ein Kennzeichen der Unterwürfigkeit ist.

mvp-comment-32-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 256

mvp-comment-32-2 Γοργόνας: sie gleichen den Gorgonen durch die Schlangenhaare und die dunklen Gewänder. Vgl. zu Cho. 1046 u. 1048. Äschylos giebt hier welchen Gestalten er die Elemente seines Furienbildes entnommen hat. Hom. E 741 Γοργείη κεφαλὴ δεινοῖο πελώρου δεινή τε σμερδνή τε, Διός τέρας αιγιόχοιο.

mvp-comment-32-3 9

mvp-comment-33-1 10

mvp-comment-33-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 256

mvp-comment-33-3 D. i. und doch weicht ihre Gestalt auch wieder von der der Gorgonen ab. Vgl. die ähnliche Darstellung Suppl. 285

f. Λιβυστι καῖς γὰρ μᾶλλον ἐμφερέστεραι γυναιξίν ἐστε κοὐδαμῶς ἐγχωρίαις. καὶ Νεῖλος ἂν θρέψειε τοιοῦτον φυτόν, Κύπριος χαρακτήρ τ' ἐν γυναικείοις τύποις εἰκὼς πέπληκται τεκτόνων πρὸς ἀρσένων· Ἰνδάς τ᾿ ἀκούω κτέ.

mvp-comment-34-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 256

mvp-comment-34-2 γεγραμμένας d. i. gemalte weibliche Wesen. Ähnlich Eur. Ion 209

λεύσσεις ουν ἐπ᾿ Ἐγκελάδῳ γοργῶπιν πάλλουσαν ἴτυν
; Durch Φινέως δεῖπνον φερούσας (άρπαζούσας) sind sie hinreichend als die Harpyien gekennzeichnet. ,,Flügel allerdings haben diese nicht (insofern gleichen sie den Harpyien nicht), schwarz aber, durchaus scheufslich sind sie (insofern gleichen sie ihnen). ἄπτεροι: vgl. 250. Dagegen Eur. Or. 317 δρομά δες ὦ πτεροφόροι ποτνιάδες θεαί .. μελάγχρωτες Εὐμενίδες. Dunkel sind die Erinyen als die Kinder der Nacht (69). Eur. Or. 408 νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας. Nicht nur die Kleidung (353, Cho. 1047 ), sondern auch die Hautfarbe ( Eur. El. 1345 χρῶτα κελαιναί, Or. 321 μελάγχρωτες) ist schwarz, wiewohl Aristoph. Plut. 422 f. der Erinye in der Tragödie Blässe des Gesichts zugeschrieben wird. Von den Harpyien haben sie vielleicht auch lange Krallen an den Fingern und struppige Haare.

mvp-comment-35-1 11

mvp-comment-35-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 256

mvp-comment-35-3 ἀπλάτοισι : Prom. 387

θερμοῖς ἀπλάτου βέλεσι πυρπνόου ζάλης
und τη φυσιάμασιν Hor. sat. II 8, 95 velut illis Canidia adflasset peior serpentibus Afris.

mvp-comment-36-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-36-2 κόσμος: Strabon III p. 175 τὰς δ᾽ ἄλλας (nämlich τὰς Καττιτερίδας) οἰκοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι μελάγ χλαινοι, ποδήρεις ἐνδεδυκότες χιτῶνας, ἐζωσμένοι περὶ τὰ στέρνα, μετὰ ῥάβδων περιπατοῦντες ὅμοιοι ταῖς τραγικαῖς Ποιναῖς. Der Gürtel, welchen sie um das lange dunkle Gewand tragen, ist nach Diog. L. VI 102 purpurrot ( ζώνη φοινική). κόσμος φέρειν δίκαιος für κόσμον φέρειν δίκαιόν ἐστι wie Hom. X 13

οὐ μέν με κτενέεις, ἐπεὶ οὔ τοι μόρσιμός είμι
, Soph. Oed. K. 37 ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον οὐχ ἁγνὸν πατεῖν.

mvp-comment-37-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-37-2 Geschlecht und Art dieser Gesellschaft habe ich noch nicht gesehen. Hom. E 441 οὔποτε φύλον ὁμοῖον ἀθανάτων τε θεῶν χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τ᾿ ἀνθρώπων.

mvp-comment-38-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-38-2 οὐδὲ, nämlich ὄπωπα ( οἶδα).

mvp-comment-39-1 12

mvp-comment-39-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-39-3 πόνον· τὸν τῆς ἀνατροφῆς Schol.

mvp-comment-40-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-40-2 Λοξία μεγασθενεῖ wie Cho. 268

Λοξίου μεγασθενὴς χρησμός
.

mvp-comment-41-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-41-2 ἰατρόμαντις wie Suppl. 269

ἰατρόμαντις παῖς Ἀπόλλωνος.
Aristoph. Plut. 11
ἰατρὸς ὢν καὶ μάντις
.

mvp-comment-42-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-42-2 τοῖσιν ἄλλοις: er möge also auch für die Reinheit seines Hauses sorgen. Apollon, der Gott des Lichtes, ist vorzugsweise der reinigende und sühnende Gott, wie sich besonders an seine Feste Reinigungen und Sühnungen anknüpften. Nachdem die Priesterin in ihre Äschylos, Qrestie, v. WECKLEIN. Wohnung (zu 1) zurückgegangen ist, wird das Innere des Heiligtums sichtbar: στραφέντα μηχανήματα ἔνδηλα ποιεῖ τὰ κατὰ τὸ μαντείον ὡς ἔχει. καὶ γίνεται ὄψις τραγική τὸ μὲν ξίφος ἡμαγμένον ἔτι κατέχων Ὀρέστης, αἳ δὲ κύκλῳ φρουροῦσαι αὐτόν Schol. Nach diesen Worten zu schliefsen, kam nicht das ἐκκύκλημα zur Anwendung, sondern das στροφεῖον, das die Bestimmung hatte eine Fernsicht zu geben, dessen Beschaffenheit aber aus der Beschreibung bei Poll. IV 132 nicht klar wird. Man erblickt nach der Drehung der Maschinerie sofort Apollon, dem Hermes zur Seite steht, und vor Apollon den Orestes in schutzflehender Stellung. Darum erwidern die ersten Worte des Apollon die Bitte des Orestes. Auch die 282 f. erwähnte Reinigung des Orestes mufs als vorhergegangen (zwischen 34 und 63) gedacht werden. Im Hintergrunde sitzen um den weifsen Stein, welcher den ὀμφαλὸς γῆς vorstellt (40), auf welchem der mit Wolle umwickelte Ölzweig des Orestes (43) liegt, auf Stühlen die schlafenden Erinyen

mvp-comment-43-1 13

mvp-comment-43-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-43-3 πρόσω διχοστατῶν, getrennt und fern von dir. Vgl. διχοστα τοῦντα 389.

mvp-comment-44-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 257

mvp-comment-44-2 πέπων, μαλθακός (74), mürbe. Vgl. Ag. 1642 .

mvp-comment-45-1 14

mvp-comment-45-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-45-3 ὕπνῳ παρείνται (sind erschlafft) wie Eur. Kykl. 591

τῷ δ᾽ ὕπνῳ παρειμένος
. Die Stellung von δέ wie 623. Vgl. zu Ag. 744 .

mvp-comment-46-1 15

mvp-comment-46-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-46-3 Νυκτὸς παῖδες: vgl. 322 f., 419, 748, 796, 1034. Bei Sophokles (Oed. K. 40) heifsen sie Γῆς τε καὶ Σκότου κόραι. Nach Hes. Theog. 185 sind sie von der Erde geboren aus den Blutstropfen des von Kronos entmannten Uranos. Vgl. auch Lykophr. 437

αἱ Νυκτὸς κόραι
, Ovid. Met. IV 452 sorores Nocte .. genitas, Verg. Aen. VI 250 matri Eumenidum, XII 846 Dirae quas Nox . . uno eodemque tulit partu. Ζη παλαιαὶ παῖδες vgl. παῖδες ἄπαιδες 1034. Doch s. Anhang. αἷς οὐ μίγνυται: Soph. Ai. 835
καλῶ τὰς ἀεί τε παρθένους σεμνὰς Ἐρινῆς τανύποδας
. Der Ausdruck wie Hom. η 247 Καλυψώ .. δεινὴ Θεός· οὐδέ τις αὐτῇ μίσγεται οὔτε θεῶν οὔτε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων.

mvp-comment-47-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-47-2 θήρ: Suppl. 1010

θῆρες δὲ κηραίνουσι καὶ βροτοί. τί μήν
; Besonders werden damit die Kentauren bezeichnet. Soph. Trach. 1096
διφυῆ τ᾽ ἄμικτον ἱπποβάμονα στρα τὸν θηρῶν
, 556, 568 u. δ.

mvp-comment-48-1 16

mvp-comment-48-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-48-3 ἐλῶσι, ἐλάσουσι. — Du mufst dich auf eine lange Irrsal gefafst machen ( μὴ μαλθακὸς γένῃ); denn wenn du auch durch das weite Festland geschritten den Boden unter den Fülsen verlierst, werden sie dich über das Meer verfolgen. βεβὼς wie Eur. Bakch. 646

φαίνῃ πρὸς οἴκοις τοῖς ἐμοῖς, ἔξω βεβώς. Ζυ αμείψης
vgl. Cho. 569 . - περιρρύτας πόλεις, νήσους. Wegen der Form περιρρύτας vgl. Hymn. auf Apoll. 251 ἀμφιρύτας κατὰ νήσους und zu Ag. 1527 .

mvp-comment-49-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-49-2 πρόκαμνε, vor der Zeit. βουκολούμενος, Schol. περιέπων, abweidend d.i. durchmachend. Wakefield erklärt es passivisch: agitatus ut bos. Mit βουκολούμενος πόνον wäre dann τοὺς ὑπερμήκεις δρόμους γυμνάζεται Prom. 616 zusammen zu stellen. Vgl. Ag. 674 .

mvp-comment-50-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-50-2 ποτί im Trimeter wie auch einmal bei Sophokles ( Trach. 1214

ποτιψαύων
).

mvp-comment-51-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 258

mvp-comment-51-2 παλαιὸν βρέτας, das altheilige hochverehrte Holzbild der ᾿Αθηνῶ Πολιάς auf der Akropolis. Vgl. Eur. El. 1254 ἐλθὼν δ᾽ Ἀθήνας Παλλά δος σεμνὸν βρέτας πρόσπτυξον, C. I. Gr. I n. 160 ἐπιστάται τοῦ νεω τοῦ ἐν πόλει ἐν ᾧ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἄγαλμα, Paus. I 26, 6 τὸ δὲ ἁγιώτατον ἐν κοινῷ πολλοῖς πρότερον νομισθὲν ἔτεσιν ἢ συνῆλθον ἀπὸ τῶν δήμων (d. i. vor dem s. g. Synoikismos des Theseus) ἐστὶν Ἀθηνᾶς ἄγαλμα ἐν τῇ νῦν ἀκροπόλει, τότε δὲ ὀνο μαζομένῃ πόλει (in diesem Sinne kann man hier auch Παλλάδος πτό- λιν nehmen). φήμη δὲ ἐς αὐτὸ ἔχει πεσεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (also ein ξόανον διιπετές). ἄγκαθεν, ταῖς ἀγκάλαις Schol. Vgl. 258 περὶ βρέ τει πλεχθείς und πρόσπτυξον in der a. St. des Euripides.

mvp-comment-52-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 259

mvp-comment-52-2 οἶσθα τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν, vgl. 752 τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν σέβοντες. Der Gedanke ist: Deine Worte zeigen, dafs du dich darauf verstehst, nicht Unrecht zu thun d.h. dafs du weifst was du zu thun schuldig bist (deinem Versprechen gemäfs, Cho. 1036 f. ), es kommt nur darauf an, dafs du daran denkst; die Macht fehlt dir ja nicht. ἐπίστα wie 584, δύνα Soph. Phil. 849 , Oed. Τ. 696. φερέγγυον: Schol. :

τὸ δὲ σὺν σθένος ἀσφαλές ἐστιν εἰς τὸ ποιεῖν εὖ.
Vgl. Sept. 383
προστατεῖν φερέγγυος
.

mvp-comment-53-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 259

mvp-comment-53-2 μέμνησο: sei dessen eingedenk, was du gesagt hast, dafs ich die Macht habe dich zu schützen, und fürchte dich darum nicht. σὲ . . φρένας: Krüger II § 46, 16, 3 .

mvp-comment-54-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 259

mvp-comment-54-2 αὐτάδελφον: Sept. 705

ἀλλ' αὐτάδελφον αἷμα δρέψασθαι θέλεις
; Soph. Ant. 1
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ισμήνης κάρα
. Man braucht αὐτάδελφον nicht auf die gemeinsame Mutter ( Hesych. :
ἀδελφοί· οἱ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς δελφύος γεγονότες· δελφὺς γὰρ ἡ μήτρα λέγεται
) zu beziehen und eine Abweichung von der_gewöhnlichen Abstammung des Hermes ( Cho. 809 ) anzunehmen.

mvp-comment-55-1 17

mvp-comment-55-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 259

mvp-comment-55-3 ὢν ἐπώνυμος πομπαῖος ἴσθι: Sept. 8

Ζεὺς ἀλεξητήριος ἐπώνυμος γένοιτο Καδμείων πόλει
und zu Ag. 517 . Hermes ist zunächst Geleiter der Seelen in die Unterwelt ( ψυχοπομπός, vgl. Soph. Ai. 832
καλῶ δ᾽ ἅμα πομπαίον Ἑρμῆν χθόνιον εὖ με κοιμίσαι
, Hom. ω 3 ), dann aber Geleiter überhaupt (πομπαῖος, πομπός).

mvp-comment-56-1 18

mvp-comment-56-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 259

mvp-comment-56-3 τὸ κηρύκων σέβας wie Suppl. 715

τὸ τεκόντων σέβας
. Die Unverletzlichkeit der Herolde schützt Zeus, damit diese den armen Sterblichen sicheres Geleite gewähren können. ὁρμώμενον ist zu σέβας konstruiert, während es dem Sinne nach zu κηρύκων gehört. Orestes geht, von Hermes geleitet, (durch den linken Zugang der Bühne) ab. Apollon tritt in den Hintergrund zurück.

mvp-comment-56-4 19

mvp-comment-57-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 259

mvp-comment-57-2 Wie Pers. 683 der Schatten des Darius, so steigt hier (durch das αναπίεσμα) der Schatten der Klytämestra aus der Unterwelt empor. Man sieht an ihrem Halse (595) die Wunden, die ihr ehemals der Sohn geschlagen (103). εν δοιτ᾽ ἄν (spottisch schlaft nur") wie 118 μύζοιτ᾽ ἄν.

mvp-comment-58-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 260

mvp-comment-58-2 ἀπητιμασμένη, als wenn ὀνειδίζομαι, wie 100 παθοῦσα, als wenn οὐδεμιᾶς τιμωρίας τυγχάνω folgte. Vgl. 480 und zu Ag. 653 . ἄλλοισιν ἐν νόμοισιν, indem verschiedene Gesetze gelten. Es wird mit ungleichem Mafse gemessen: für den Mord, den ich begangen habe, werde ich unter den Toten ohne Unterlafs geschmäht, ja schwer beschuldigt; wegen des Mordes, der an mir von den Nächststehenden begangen worden ist, grollt keine Gottheit. Vgl. Soph. Oed. K. 907 νῦν δ᾽ οὔσπερ αὐτὸς τοὺς νόμους εἰσῆλθ᾽ ἔχων, τούτοισι κοὐκ ἄλλοισιν ἁρμοσθήσεται. ἔκτανον, absolut wie Cho. 887 : dafs ich gemordet habe. αἰσχρῶς ἀλῶμαι, in schimpflicher Weise bin ich aus der Gesellschaft der Toten ausgestolsen. - προυννέπω, ich erkläre feierlich, nachdrücklich. κείνων, τῶν φθιτῶν. τῶν φιλτάτων wie Cho. 233 , hier allgemein von dem Sohne. μηνίεται mit langem wie Hom. B769 ὄφρ᾽ Αχιλεὺς μήνιεν.

mvp-comment-58-3 20

mvp-comment-59-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 260

mvp-comment-59-2 ὅρα zur Chorführerin wie 131, 183. — τραγικώτερον τὸ εἴδωλον Κλυταιμήστρας σώζει τὴν σφαγήν Schol. - καρδίᾳ, mit dem Inneren.

mvp-comment-59-3 21

mvp-comment-60-1 22

mvp-comment-60-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 260

mvp-comment-60-3 Schol. ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν ὁ νοῦς ἀκριβέστερον ὁρᾷ μὴ παραπλανώμενος τῇ θέα. Schlafenden Augen wird der Geist erhellt, während am Tage die Natur des Geistes nicht weitblickend ist. Vgl. Pind. frg. 108 Bgk. εὕδει δὲ πρασσόντων μελέων· ἀτὰρ εὐδόντεσσιν ἐν πολλοῖς ὀνείροις δείκνυσι τερπνῶν ἐφέρποισαν χαλεπῶν τε κρίσιν, Xenoph. Kyr. VIII 7, 21 ἐγγύτερον μὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θανάτῳ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὕπνου· ἡ δὲ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ τότε δήπου θειοτάτη καταφαίνεται καὶ τότε τι τῶν μελλόντων προορᾷ, Platon περὶ πολιτ. ΙΧ 1, Aelian. ποικ. ἱστ. ΙΙΙ 11 οἱ Περιπατητικοί φασι μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν θητεύουσαν τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ σώματι περιπλέκεσθαι καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι καθαρῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν θεωρεῖν, νύκτωρ δὲ διαλυθεῖσαν τῆς περὶ τοῦτο λειτουργίας καὶ σφαιρωθεῖσαν ἐν τῷ περὶ τὸν θώρακα τόπῳ μαντικωτέραν γίνεσθαι, ἐξ ὧν τὰ ἐνύπνια. Cic. d. divin. I 30 cum ergo est somno sevocatus animus a societate et a contagione corporis, tum meminit praeteritorum, praesentia cernit, futura providet; iacet enim corpus dormientis ut mortui, viget autem et vivit animus.

mvp-comment-61-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 260

mvp-comment-61-2 ἐλείξατε, wie durstige Hunde (vgl. zu Ag. 1104 ). Klytämestra hat den Erinyen Opfer gebracht nach der Ermordung des Agamemnon, um deren Groll abzuwenden.

mvp-comment-62-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-62-2 ἀοίνους: οἶνος γὰρ οὐ σπέν δεται Ερινύσιν Schol. Vgl. Soph. Oed. K. 100 ἀοίνοις. Die Spenden, welche den Erinyen ausgegossen werden ( νηφάλιαι σπονδαὶ Schol. zu Soph. a. O.) bestehen aus reinem Quellwasser oder aus Wasser und Honig, vgl. ebd. 469, 481.

mvp-comment-63-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-63-2 νυκτίσεμνα δείπνα sollte noch wie χοὰς ἀοίνους als Apposition zu πολλά stehen, wird aber von einem νυκτίeigenen Verbum regiert. σεμνα dicuntur sacrificia, quae eo ipso, quod nocte fiunt, augustiora sunt et sacrum quasi horrorem incutiunt (Schütz). Vgl. Einl. S. 12.

mvp-comment-64-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-64-2 ὥραν .. θεῶν: zu einer Zeit, welche ihr mit keiner Gottheit teilt (in der „Geisterstunde"); ἐν γὰρ τῷ μεσονυκτίῳ μόναις Ερινύσιν ἀπάρχονται Schol. Der Akk. wie Eur. Bakch. 723

αἳ δὲ τὴν τεταγ μένην ὥραν ἐκίνουν θύρσον ἐς βακχεύματα
. Vgl. zu Cho. 812 .

mvp-comment-65-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-65-2 λὰξ πατούμενα wie Cho. 640 .

mvp-comment-66-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-66-2 ἐγκατιλλώψας: ἐγγελάσας. Διὰ δὲ τούτων ερεθίζει αὐτάς Schol.

mvp-comment-67-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-67-2 ὡς kausal. περὶ ψυχῆς wie Hom. ι 423 πάντας τε δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον ὥς τε περὶ ψυ χῆς, Hel. 946 τοὺς δὲ Μενέλεω ποθῶ λόγους ἀκοῦσαι τίνας ἐρεῖ ψυχῆς πέρι, und in Redensarten wie μάχεσθαι, θέειν, τρέχειν περὶ ψυχῆς, ὁ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγών ( Soph. El. 1492 ), doch hier mehr in übertragenem Sinne ,,es ist mir blutiger Ernst um die Sache". φρονήσατε, bringt es euch zum Bewurstsein.

mvp-comment-68-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-68-2 ὄναρ, im Traume euch erscheinend. Der Dichter giebt damit den Zuschauern die richtige Auffassung des Folgenden an die Hand. Vgl. 131.

mvp-comment-69-1 23

mvp-comment-69-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-69-3 Die παρεπιγραφαί geben den äufseren Vorgang an; sie kommen öfter in Handschriften des Aristophanes, bei Tragikern nur hier vor, wie auch die Art der äufseren Handlung vereinzelt steht.

mvp-comment-70-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-70-2 μύζοιτε: zu Ag. 1058 .

mvp-comment-71-1 24

mvp-comment-71-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-71-3 Er hat eben Freunde, die anderer Art sind als die meinigen.

mvp-comment-72-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 261

mvp-comment-72-2 πάθος, was euch und mir widerfahren ist, dafs Orestes die Flucht ergriffen hat.

mvp-comment-73-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-73-2 πέπρακται, ist dein Werk, vgl. Eur. Med. 1064

πάντως πέπρακται ταῦτα κοὐκ ἐκφεύξεται
und dazu Schol. :
ἀντὶ τοῦ κέκριται, εἴμαρται, πέπρωται
. Bentley will hier πέπρωται schreiben nach Prom. 535
τί γὰρ πέπρωται Ζηνὶ πλὴν ἀεὶ κρατεῖν
. Vgl. 71 κακῶν δ᾽ ἕκατι κἀγένοντο.

mvp-comment-74-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-74-2 συνωμόται: Ag. 655 .

mvp-comment-75-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-75-2 ἐξεκήραναν, Schol. παρεί λοντο. Hesych. ἐξεκήρανεν· ἐξέ φθειρε.

mvp-comment-76-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-76-2 λαβὲ (wie man dem Hunde zuruft fals") φράζου (,,hab acht") spricht die Chorführerin im Traume.

mvp-comment-77-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-77-2 κύων, ein Jagdhund. Vgl. Aristot. Tiergesch. IV 10 ἐνυπνιάζειν φαίνονται οὐ μόνον ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἵπποι καὶ κύνες καὶ βόες, Lucret. IV 988 venantumque canes in molli saepe quiete iactant crura tamen subito vocesque repente mittunt et crebro reducunt naribus auras, ut vestigia si teneant inventa ferarum etc.

mvp-comment-78-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-78-2 πῆμα, das Unglück, dafs Orestes entronnen ist.

mvp-comment-79-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-79-2 Meine gerechten Vorwürfe mögen dein Inneres empfindlich berühren. Hom. Ε 493 δάκε δὲ φρένας Ἕκτορι μύθος.

mvp-comment-80-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-80-2 ἀντίκεντρα wie 469. Weiter ausgeführt wird der Vergleich 156 f.

mvp-comment-81-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-81-2 σοῦ: ἴθι, τρέχε, ὅρμα Hesych. — Schol. :

ἐπουρίσασα τῷ ἐφορμήσασα τῷ Ὀρέστη
Über das demonstrative to Krüger II § 50, 1, 4 .

mvp-comment-82-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-82-2 ἀτμῷ, νηδύος πυρί, dem Atem, der wie Feuer aus deinem Leibe kommt.

mvp-comment-83-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-83-2 δευτέροις διώγμασιν: das erste Mal verfolgten sie ihn von Argos nach Delphi. Der Schatten der Klyt. verschwindet wieder in die Tiefe durch das ἀναπίεσμα).

mvp-comment-84-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 262

mvp-comment-84-2 Parodos (vgl. zu 1). Die Chorführerin erwacht und weckt die nächste Erinye, welche wieder eine andere anstöfst u. s. f. Dann stellen sie sich zu Halbchören zusammen.

mvp-comment-85-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-85-2 ἀπολακτίσασα ἰδώμεθα dem σχῆμα καθ᾿ ὅλον καὶ μέρος entsprechend. Vgl. Aristoph. Vö. 203

ἀνεγείρας τὴν ἐμὴν ἀηδόνα καλοῦμεν αὐτούς
. Krüger I § 56, 9, 1 . τοῦδε φροιμίου, „ob etwas von dem folgenden ( τοῦδε wie ὕμνον τόνδε δέσμιον 306) Vorspiel wirkungslos ist" ( ματᾷ, Schol. μάταιον γίνεται). Der folgende Gesang soll als προοίμιον nur einstweilen eine Ahnung geben, was sie in ihrer Wut leisten können.

mvp-comment-85-3 25

mvp-comment-86-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-86-2 In den zwei ersten Strophenpaaren wechseln, wie sich aus dem Text ergiebt, die Halbchöre (A, B). Im dritten Strophenpaare treten sie zum Gesamtchore zusammen. - In der Aufregung unterbrechen sich im Anfang die Halbehöre: A. ἐπάθομεν, φίλαι, ἐπάθομεν πάθος . . θήρ. B. ἦ πολλὰ δὴ παθοῦσα καὶ μάτην ἐγώ, ὕπνῳ κρατηθεῖσ᾽ ἄγραν ὤλεσα u. s. w.

mvp-comment-87-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-87-2 δυσαχές (schwer zu beklagen) nur hier.

mvp-comment-88-1 26

mvp-comment-88-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-88-3 πέπτωκεν, er ist herausgeraten.

mvp-comment-89-1 27

mvp-comment-89-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-89-3 παῖ Διός: über die syllaba anceps am Ende des Dochmius bei einem Vokativ s. Seidler de vers. dochm. p. 85, Christ Metr. § 466. Vgl. Soph. Ai. 375

σκότος, ἐμὸν φάος, | ἔρεβος κτἑ.

mvp-comment-90-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-90-2 Apollon gehört dem jungen Göttergeschlechte des Zeus an, die Erinyen dem alten des Kronos. Prom. 156

νέοι γὰρ οἰακονόμοι κρατ τοῦσ᾽ Ὀλύμπου, νεοχμοῖς δὲ δὴ νόμοις Ζεὺς ἀθέτως κρατύνει· τὰ πρὶν δὲ πελώρια νῦν ἀιστοῦ. καθιππάσω
wie 734, 782. Schol. κατεπολέμησας, τα 734 κατατρέχεις. Es bedeutet,, mit Hohn und Übermut überrennen, niedertreten“, vgl. λà§ πατεῖν 110.

mvp-comment-91-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-91-2 τοκεύσιν allgemein (von der Mutter).

mvp-comment-92-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 263

mvp-comment-92-2 Cho. 337

τί τῶνδ᾽ εὖ, τί δ᾽ ἄτερ κακῶν
; Ag. 221
τί τῶνδ᾽ ἄνευ κακῶν
; Eur. Suppl. 527
τί τούτων οὐ καλῶς ἔχον
;

mvp-comment-93-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 264

mvp-comment-93-2 ὄνειδος - ὀνειράτων gesuch ter Gleichklang. ἐξ ὀνειράτων μου λόν, in Träumen mir zugerufen (von den Vorwürfen der Klytämestra). Vgl. Soph. Oed. T. 523 ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος.

mvp-comment-94-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 264

mvp-comment-94-2 Der Vorwurf gab mir einen Stich ins Herz wie ihn der Wagenlenker mit dem Treibstachel versetzt, den er, um wuchtiger zu stofsen, in der Mitte fafst. Zu beachten sind die gleichartigen oder ähnlich lautenden Formen in Strophe und Antistrophe: μεσολαβεῖ φονολιβῆ, ὑπὸ φρένας ὑπὸ λοβόν περὶ πόδα περὶ κάρα, πάρεστι πάρεστι, βαρὺ τὸ περίβαρυ - βλα συρὸν ἀρόμενον, ἔχειν ἔχειν.

mvp-comment-94-3 28

mvp-comment-95-1 29

mvp-comment-95-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 264

mvp-comment-95-3 Zu Mute ist mir als durchschauerten mich entsetzlich, ja über die Mafsen entsetzlich die Hiebe des geifselnden Henkerknechts. Zu dem Anklang δαΐου δαμίου vgl. παρακοπὰ παραφορά 330. τὸ περίβαρυ wie häufig der Artikel bei δεινός das vorzugsweise Schreckliche, das Schrecklichste bezeichnet.

mvp-comment-96-1 30

mvp-comment-96-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 264

mvp-comment-96-3 Sie bemächtigen sich ganz und gar des Sitzes der Dike, welcher um Fufs, um Haupt von Blutklumpen trieft. Vgl. Soph. Oed. K. 1380

τοιγὰρ τὸ σὸν θάκημα καὶ τοὺς σους θρόνους κρατοῦσιν (Αραί
) und mit Δίκας θρόνον 542 βωμὸν αἴ δεσαι Δίκας, Ag. 395
μέγαν Δίκας βωμόν
, Soph. Ant. 854
ὑψηλὸν ἐς Δίκας βάθρον
, Solon frg. IV 14 σεμνὰ θέμεθλα Δίκης.

mvp-comment-97-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 264

mvp-comment-97-2 Man kann es ansehen, wie der Erdnabel (40) grauenhafte Blutschuld auf sich genommen hat. ἔχειν steht konsekutiv zu ἀρόμενον.

mvp-comment-98-1 31

mvp-comment-98-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 264

mvp-comment-98-3 ,Durch Befleckung des Herdes hat er sich (med. ἐχράνατο) das Seherheiligtum besudelt." Nachdem die Erinyen allgemein von νεώτεροι θεοί gesprochen, wenden sie sich jetzt direkt gegen Apollon. Mit αὐτόσσυτος αὐτόκλητος vgl. αὐτόστονος αὐτοπήμων Sept. 900 .

mvp-comment-99-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-99-2 παρὰ νόμον θεῶν: gegen diesen Göttercomment verfehlte sich auch Prometheus: Prom. 29

θεὸς θεῶν γὰρ οὐχ ὑποπτήσσων χόλον βροτοῖσι τιμὰς ὤπασας πέρα δίκης
, 977 τὸν ἐξαμαρτόντ᾽ εἰς θεοὺς ἐφημέροις πορόντα τιμάς. Vgl. auch Eur. Hipp. 1328
θεοῖσι δ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἔχει νόμος· οὐδεὶς ἀπαντᾶν βούλεται, προθυμίᾳ τῇ τοῦ θέλον τος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφιστάμεστ᾽ ἀεί
. Die epische Form βρότεος kommt sonst nirgends bei den attischen Dichtern vor. wenn

mvp-comment-99-3 32

mvp-comment-100-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-100-2 Μοίρας φθίσας: Apollon das Amt der Erinyen vernichtet, so vernichtet er damit die Satzungen der Mören, durch welche den Erinyen ihr Amt zugeteilt ist. Vgl. 336, 395.

mvp-comment-101-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-101-2 καμοί γε λυπρός (ἐστι κτέ, und dabei kränkt er mich, ohne doch diesem zu helfen. tov wie τῷ 137.

mvp-comment-102-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-102-2 ὑπό ἐλευθεροῦται (Wechsel des Subjekts): vgl. 339, Suppl. 234

οὐδὲ μὴ 'ν "Αιδου θα νὼν φύγῃ ματαίων αἰτίας πράξας τάδε· κἀκεῖ δικάζει ταμπλακήμαθ', ὡς λόγος, Ζεὺς ἄλλος ἐν καμοῦσιν ὑστάτας δίκας
. Wegen des Präsens ἐλευθεροῦται κu Ag. 131 .

mvp-comment-103-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-103-2 ποτιτρόπαιος, ἐναγής Schol., schuldbeladen. μιάστορα, ἀλά στορα wie Soph. El. 603 . Es wird ihm aus seiner Schuld ( σίνος wie Ag. 399 ) ein anderer Rächer anfs Haupt erwachsen.

mvp-comment-104-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-104-2 erstes Epeisodion. Apollon tritt wieder hervor und jagt nachher die Erinyen aus seinem Tempel: der Chor tritt also auf die Bühne heraus und Apollon folgt ihnen. Damit wird die zu 63 erwähnte Maschinerie zurückgedreht.

mvp-comment-105-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-105-2 Schol. τραγικώτερον ὄφιν εἶπεν τὸ βέλος διὰ τὸν ιόν (Gift, Pfeil), πτηνὸν δὲ διὰ τὸ ἐπτερώσθαι. Hom. Π 773 ιοί τε πτερόεν τες ἀπὸ νευρῆφι θορόντες. σηλάτου, weil Apollon χρυσότοξος ( Pind. O1. XIV 10 , vgl. Soph. Oed. T. χρυσ

mvp-comment-106-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-106-2 θρόμβους φόνου οὓς ἀφείλ κυσας, wie 264 die Erinyen dem Orestes das Blut aussaugen wollen.

mvp-comment-107-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 265

mvp-comment-107-2 ,,Wo kopfabschneidende, augenausgrabende blutige Gerichte gehalten werden." καρανιστήρες δίκαι wie τύχη σωτήρ Ag. 669 . Vgl. auch λευστῆρα μόρον Sept. 181

καρανιστὴς μόρος
Eur. Rhes. 817 . wird."

mvp-comment-107-3 33

mvp-comment-108-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 266

mvp-comment-108-2 χλοῦνις ist nur aus dieser Stelle bekannt. Es scheint mit χλόη, χλόος zusammenzuhängen und wie χλούνης mit ἀφριστής erklärt wurde: χλουδεῖν γὰρ τὸ ἀφρίζειν τινὲς Δωριέων ἔλεγον (Schol. zu Hom. I 539 ), so dürfte χλοῦνις den Schaum des männlichen Samens bezeichnen, der Sinn also sein: ,Wo durch Entmannung der Saft der Kinderzeugung geschädigt Unsicher ist auch die Bedeutung des Wortes ακρωνία. Das Schol. :

κακῶν ἄθροισις ἢ λιθοβολίας. Ηρωδιανὸς δὲ τὸ σύστημα καὶ ἄθροισμα
soll wohl lauten: κακῶν ἄθροισις ἡ λιθοβολία. Darnach erhielte man den Sinn: „,Wo als Krönung der Qualen die Steinigung stattfindet." Auch anderswo ( Bekk. Anecd. p. 372, 2 , Etym. M. p. 53, 41 , Hesych.) findet sich die Erklärung άθροισμα und σύστημα neben ἀκρότης, ἀκμή, παράστασις, πλῆθος. Aber sie scheint blofs aus unserer Stelle gewonnen sein und das folgende te muſs und" bedeuten, ἀκρωνία also eine Marter bezeichnen. Deshalb ist die von H. Stephanus angenommene Bedeutung ἀκρωτηριασμός (Verstümmelung an Händen und Fülsen) wahrscheinlich, wie ein Schol., welcher χλοῦνις ἀκρωνία verbindet, dieses mit ἡ ἀκμαία ἀποκοπή erklärt. Davies vermutet ἄκρων του μαί. μύζουσιν οἰκτισμὸν πολύν d. i. das Stöhnen der Gepfählten ist herzzerreifsend. Eine ähnzu liche Zusammenstellung der ärgsten Qualen kommt Plat. Gorg. p. 473 C vor: ἐὰν στρεβλῶται καὶ ἐκτέμνηται καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐκκάηται καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον ἀνασταυρωθῇ καὶ καταπιττωθῇ. Vgl. Eur. Iph. Τ. 1429 ὡς ἢ κατὰ στύφλου πέτρας ῥίψωμεν ἢ 'ν σκόλοψι πήξωμεν δέμας. Als eine nur Barbaren zukommende Strafart wird das Pfählen Herod. IX 79
τὰ πρέπει μᾶλλον βαρβάροισι ποιέειν ἤπερ Ελλησι,
bezeichnet: sagt Pausanias zu dem Tegeaten, welcher die Leiche des Mardonios zur Sühne für Leonidas aufzuspielsen vorschlägt.

mvp-comment-108-3 34

mvp-comment-109-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 266

mvp-comment-109-2 ὑπὸ ῥάχιν ist in der Handschrift vielleicht mit Recht ὑπόρραχιν geschrieben. Wenigstens entspricht dieses der Aussprache.

mvp-comment-110-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 266

mvp-comment-110-2 οἵας ἑορτῆς (ironisch) στέργηθρα ἔχουσαι θεοὶς ἀπόπτυστοί ἐστε. ὑφηγεῖται, führt (weist) darauf hin. Prom. 98

ὅμοια μορφῇ γλῶσσά σου γηρύεται
, Catull. LXIV

mvp-comment-111-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 266

mvp-comment-111-2 Eumenides, quibus anguino redimita capillo frons exspirantis praeportat pectoris iras.

mvp-comment-112-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 266

mvp-comment-112-2 ἐν χρηστηρίοις τρίβεσθαι μύσος s. v. a. χρηστηρίοις ἐντρίβεσθαι (Schol. προστρίβεσθαι) μύ σος, eigentlich von sich Greuel auf das Heiligtum abreiben" d. h. durch Berührung das Heiligtum mit Greuel besudeln. πλουσίοισι: die Pracht des Tempels steht in Widerspruch mit der ekelhaften Gestalt der Erinyen. Vgl. Soph. Oed. T. 151 τᾶς πολυχρύσου Πυθῶνος, Hom. I 404 .

mvp-comment-113-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-113-2 Schol. μόναι, ὡς ἀνήμερα θηρία. Vielmehr wird ἄνευ βοτῆgos durch den folgenden Vers erklärt: sein." ,Kein Gott mag euer Hirte So spricht Apollon als vóUber δὲ zu Ag. 437 . μιος.

mvp-comment-113-3 35

mvp-comment-114-1 36

mvp-comment-114-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-114-3 πῶς δή, zu Ag. 548 .

mvp-comment-115-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-115-2 ἔχρησας ὥστε: zu Ag. 1394 f.

mvp-comment-116-1 37

mvp-comment-116-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-116-3 κλέψαι (mit List bewerkstelligen) wie Soph. El. 37 der dem Orestes erteilte Auftrag des Phöbos lautet: δόλοισι κλέψαι χειρὸς ἐνδίκους σφαγάς. τί μήν: zu Ag. 14 .

mvp-comment-117-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-117-2 Und dann nahmst du es auf dich, dem frischen Morde eine Zuflucht zu bieten. Vgl. Plat. Phil. p. 19A

ἐμὲ τοῦ λόγου διάδοχον παντελῶς ὑποστάντα. νέου
: es ist nicht so schlimm, wenn nach längerer Zeit infolge von Sühnungen und Reinigungen die Blutschuld abgeschwächt ist. Vgl. 238 f.

mvp-comment-118-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-118-2 τὰς προπομπούς: wenn du den Orestes hieher bestellt hast, so müssen auch seine Geleiterinnen hieher kommen.

mvp-comment-119-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-119-2 πρόσφορον (dienlich, zuträglich) (ἐστὶ τὰς προπομποὺς oder ὑμᾶς μολεῖν. Stanley vermutet πρόσφοροι.

mvp-comment-120-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-120-2 τοῦτο hat Bezug auf τὰς προπομπούς, also τὸ προπέμπειν d. i. διώκειν τοὺς μητροκτόνους.

mvp-comment-121-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-121-2 τιμή und γέρας wie 422 (Ehrenamt). Doch klingt γέρας καλόν spättisch.

mvp-comment-122-1 38

mvp-comment-122-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-122-3 τί γὰρ γυναῖκας ποιεῖτε; Denn aus ἐλαύνομεν ergänzt sich der allgemeine Begriff des Anthuens. ἥτις nach γυναῖκας wie Hom. Τ 260 ἐρινύες, αἵ τ᾽ ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τίνυνται, ὅ τίς κ᾿ ἐπίορκον ομόσσῃ, Soph. El. 1506 τοῖς πᾶσιν, ὅστις πέρα πράσσειν γε τῶν νόμων θέλει, Ai. 760 , Eur. Hek. 359

δεσποτῶν ὠμῶν φρένας τύχοιμ᾽ ἂν ὅστις ἀργύρου μ' ὠνήσε ται,
Med. 220 , Androm. 180, El. 934 , Hel. 942, frg. 347, 778. Über den Konjunktiv ohne άv vgl. 234, 337, 664, zu Ag. 762 und Krüger I § 54,

mvp-comment-123-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 267

mvp-comment-123-2 αὐθέντης wie αὐτόχειρ, wer sein eigenes Blut vergiefst, indem er Blutsverwandte umbringt. Vgl. Ag. 1572 , Eur. Herc. 839 . Es verstärkt also die Bedeutung von ὅμαιμος. Dafs nur derjenige, der Blutsverwandte tötet, der Rache der Erinyen verfällt, bringen die Erinyen auch 608 vor, um sich wegen der unterlassenen Verfolgung der Klytämestra zu rechtfertigen.

mvp-comment-123-3 39

mvp-comment-124-1 40

mvp-comment-124-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-124-3 ἄτιμά ἐστι. παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἤρκεσεν, kraftlos sind nach deinen Reden, daher das Präteritum). Mit παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀρκεῖν vgl. 849, Ag. 239 und Ausdrücke wie παρ' ὀλίγον εἶναι, παρ᾽ οὐδὲν κήδεσθαι, παρὰ μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι.

mvp-comment-125-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-125-2 "Ηρας πιστώματα, der Bund, den die Ehegottheiten geschlossen haben. Ἥρα τελεία wie frg. 329 Ἥρα τελεία, Ζηνὸς εὐναία δάμαρ. Sie heifst so als die Göttin der Ehe, welche dem Bündnisse die Weihe giebt. Denn τέλος (Weihe) ὁ γάμος ἐκαλεῖτο Poll. III 38 . Schol. zu Aristoph. Thesm. 973

Ἥρα τελεία καὶ Ζεὺς τέλειος ἐτιμῶντο ἐν τοῖς γάμοις, ὡς πρυτάνεις ὄντες τῶν γάμων. τέλος δὲ ὁ γάμος
. Daher τέλος θαλεροῖο γάμοιο Hom. v 74 , γαμήλιον τέλος unten 838.

mvp-comment-126-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-126-2 Die eheliche Verbindung, über welche Dike wacht, steht höher als der Eid, weil das Bündnis zu einer Bestimmung des Schicksals wird ( μόρσιμος). Vgl. 962. Die Monogamie führte man auf Kekrops zurück nach Athen. XIII p. 555 D ἐν δὲ ᾿Αθήναις πρῶτος Κέκροψ μίαν ἑνὶ ἔζευξεν.

mvp-comment-126-3 41

mvp-comment-127-1 42

mvp-comment-127-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-127-3 Wenn du den Mördern von Gatten gegenüber lässig bist, so dafs du keine Rache an ihnen nimmst und sie nicht ingrimmig mit strafendem Blicke verfolgst u. s. w. Über τὸ μή zu Ag. 1589 . πτεύειν: Ζη Cho. 1 . ἐπο-

mvp-comment-128-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-128-2 Das eine (die That des Orestes) nimmst du dir sehr zu Herzen, das andere (die That der Klyt.) behandelst du augenscheinlich ruhiger (von dem anderen läfst du dich nicht aufregen); du bist also parteiisch.

mvp-comment-129-1 43

mvp-comment-129-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-129-3 καὶ . . τίθου, und mache dir nur Mühe zu Mühe; etwas anderes wirst du mit der Verfolgung nicht erreichen. πόνῳ πόνον wie Soph. Ai. 866

πόνος πόνῳ πόνον φέρει
. Vgl. Pers. 1042
δόσιν κακὰν κακῶν κακοῖς
und die besonders bei Euripides häufigen Ausdrücke wie ἄχεα ἄχεσι, πήματα πήμασι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι, φόνῳ φονος.

mvp-comment-130-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 268

mvp-comment-130-2 οὐδ᾽ ἂν δεχοίμην : zu Ag. 287 (,, nicht einmal geschenkt möchte ich dein Ehrenamt annehmen“). — ὥστε: zu Ag. 1394 .

mvp-comment-131-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-131-2 Du bedarfst freilich meiner Ehren nicht; denn immerhin bist du grofs am Thron des Zeus. - πάρ: durch die epische Apokope wird die Auflösung der Länge vermieden.

mvp-comment-132-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-132-2 δίκας tritt als inneres Objekt zu μέτειμι τόνδε ( Ag. 1666 ). Eur. Bakeh. 345 τῆς σῆς δ᾽ ἀνοίας τόνδε τὸν διδάσκαλον δίκην μέτειμι und zu Cho. 144 . Das Präsens ἐκκυνηγετῶ, weil bei diesen Worten der Chor (durch den linken Zugang der Bühne) hinausstürmt. Dagegen hat μέτειμι die gewöhnliche Bedeutung des Fut. ( Krüger II § 53, 1, 6 nimmt hier wie Sept. 360

εἶμι
als Präsens).

mvp-comment-133-1 44

mvp-comment-133-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-133-3 Der Daktylus des dritten Fulses ist gebildet wie 449, 589, Ag. 1584 u. a. Vgl. zu Cho. 567 .

mvp-comment-134-1 45

mvp-comment-134-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-134-3 Der Relativsatz ὃς προδῷ (zu 211) σφ' ἑκών vertritt einen Dativ zu δεινὴ πέλει. Der Schol. erinnert an Hom. X 358

φράζει νῦν μή τοί τι θεῶν μήνιμα γένωμαι
. Apollon tritt zurück in den Tempel. Dann, nachdem die Bühne vollständig leer ist, ändert sich wie Soph. Ai. 814 die Scenendekoration; die neue Hauptdekoration stellt den Tempel der Athena Polias in Athen vor mit dem Bildnisse der Göttin. Orestes erscheint und kniet an dem Bildnisse nieder. Zwischen dem ersten und zweiten Teile mufs man sich geraume Zeit vergangen denken. Vgl. 284 f.

mvp-comment-135-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-135-2 ist gewissermafsen ein zweiter Prolog vor der Epiparodos (vgl. zu_1).

mvp-comment-136-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-136-2 αλάστορα, den infolge einer Blutschuld Umherirrenden. Vgl. Einl. S. 19 N.

mvp-comment-137-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-137-2 προστρόπαιος wie 448 einer der als befleckt um Sühne fleht. ἀφοίβαντον, ἀκάθαρτον Schol. und Hesych.

mvp-comment-137-3 46

mvp-comment-138-1 47

mvp-comment-138-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 269

mvp-comment-138-3 ἀμβλύς und προστετριμμένος von der Befleckung, welche durch Berührung abgerieben und matt gemacht ist, auf die befleckte Person übertragen. Von einer Reinigung, die dem Orestes bei den Trözeniern zu teil geworden sein soll, berichtet Paus. II 31, 8

τοῦ δὲ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνός ἐστιν οἶκοδόμημα ἔμπροσθεν, Ὀρέστου και λουμένη σκηνή. πρὶν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ αἵματι καθαρθῆναι τῆς μητρός, Τροιζηνίων οὐδεὶς πρότερον ἤθελεν αὐτὸν οἴκῳ δέξασθαι· καθίσαντες δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἐκάθαιρον καὶ εἱστίων, ἐς ὁ ἀφήγνισαν
. . . καθῆραι δέ φασιν Ορέστην καθαρσίοις καὶ ἄλλοις καὶ ὕδατι τῷ ἀπὸ τῆς ἱππου κρήνης. Aschylos spricht 282 und 581 blofs von einer Reinigung durch Apollon (vgl. Cho. 1057 ). Der unschädliche Verkehr mit anderen Menschen war eine Probe der Reinheit (283) und trug dazu bei, das Schuldbewusstsein abzuschwächen. πρὸς | ἄλλοισιν wie Soph. Oed. Τ. 555 ἐπὶ [ τὸν σεμνόμαντιν, Phil. 626 ἐπὶ | ναῦν, Oed. K. 495 ἐν | τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι.

mvp-comment-139-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-139-2 ἐκπερῶν: ich bin zu anderen Häusern und in Verkehr mit den Menschen gekommen, als ich über Land und Meer wanderte.

mvp-comment-140-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-140-2 Dem Auftrag des Loxias gemäfs nahe ich deinem Tempel. Vgl. 79 f. Zu δῶμα ergänzt sich τὸ σόν leicht.

mvp-comment-141-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-141-2 βρέτας τὸ σὸν φυλάσσων (wie 442 f.), dein Bild bewachend d. i. es nicht verlassend. αὐτοῦ drückt den Entschlufs aus nicht vorher von der Stelle zu weichen.

mvp-comment-142-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-142-2 Epiparodos (vgl. zu 1). Der Chor tritt zerstreut auf ( τινὲς δέ φασιν ἐν τῇ ἐπιδείξει τῶν Εὐμενίδων σποράδην εἰσαγαγόντα τὸν χορὸν τοσοῦτον ἐκπλῆξαι τὸν δῆμον κτέ. im βίος Αἰσχύλου); zuerst erscheint wie Soph. Ai. 866 der eine Halbchor, dem der Koryphaios als Führer vorausgeht; den Worten der Führerin (1) erwidert der Halbchor (2). Dann kommen nach einander die sechs Mitglieder des anderen Halbchors (3-8). Erst bei 307 ( χορὸν ἅψωμεν) ordnen sie sich in Reihe und Glied. τόδε auf den Boden deutend, wo sie Blutspuren zu sehen glaubt, vgl. αἵματι στάζοντα χείρας 41 f., wiewohl Orestes jetzt von Apollon gereinigt ist. Zu 281.

mvp-comment-143-1 48

mvp-comment-143-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-143-3 Das Blut ist ihm ein uŋvvτὴρ ἄφθεγκτος. Vgl. zu Ag. 82 und ἀφώνους μάρτυρας Eur. Hipp. 1076 .

mvp-comment-144-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-144-2 ὡς γὰρ κύων τετραυματισμέ νον νεβρὸν κτἑ.

mvp-comment-145-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-145-2 πρός: vgl. Ag. 344

πρὸς οὐδὲν . . τεκμήριον
und unten zu 1006. πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σταλαγμόν d. i. πρὸς αἵματος σταλαγμόν.

mvp-comment-146-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-146-2 ανδροκμής hier nicht Männer (Menschen) ermüdend (tötend)" wie 957, Cho. 888 , Eur. Suppl. 525

ἀνδροκμήτας προσφέρων αγωνίας,
sondern den Mann (Orestes) ermüdend". Schömann vermutet άg θροκμήσι und Heimsäth betrachtet das Schol. μεγαλοκμῆσιν, welches er in μελοκμῆσιν ändert, als Bestätigung von ἀρθροκμῆσι.

mvp-comment-147-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-147-2 σπλάγχνον: τὸ ἡμέτερον Schol. πεποίμανται, „ist abgetrieben worden".

mvp-comment-148-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-148-2 ἀπτέροις (51) ποτήμασιν: zu Ag. 82 . νεώς von dem Schiffe des Orestes.

mvp-comment-149-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-149-2 Hesych. καταπτακών· καταπτήξας (nach der Verbesserung von Lobeck für καταπλακών· καταπλήξας).

mvp-comment-150-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 270

mvp-comment-150-2 Asyndeton bei der Erklärung ( ὀσμὴ γὰρ κτέ). προσγελάwie

τῶνδε προσσαίνει σέ τι;
Prom. 861 , παιδός με σαίνει φθόγγος Soph. Ant. 1214 , blickt mich bekannt und traut an, erweckt in mir eine willkommene Erinnerung, ein angenehmes Gefühl.

mvp-comment-150-3 49

mvp-comment-151-1 50

mvp-comment-151-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 271

mvp-comment-151-3 ὅρα ruft der Halbchor der spähenden Führerin zu. Soph. Oed. K. 118

ὅρα. τίς ἄρ᾽ ἦν; ποῦ ναίει; .. προσδέρκου, λευσσέ νιν, προσπεύθου πανταχῇ.
μάλ᾽ αὖ (,,gar abermal" d. h. ich wiederhole es) wie μάλ' αὖθις Cho. 650 .

mvp-comment-151-4 51

mvp-comment-152-1 52

mvp-comment-152-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 271

mvp-comment-152-3 Mit ὅδε weist die Führerin des zweiten Halbchors auf Orestes Wenn die Lesart γουνόν hin. richtig ist (vgl. Anhang), so scheint Aschylos das Homerische γουνὸν Αθηνάων ἱεράων (λ 323) von der Akropolis verstanden zu haben. In dem delphischen Orakel bei Plut. Thes. c. 3 , Schol. zu Eur. Med. 679 , Apollod. III 15, 6 wechseln die Lesarten πρὶν δημὸν ᾿Αθηνέων εἰσαφικέσθαι, πρὶν γουνὸν ᾿Αθηναίων ἀφικέσθαι, πρὶν ἐς ἄκρον Αθηναίων ἀφίκηαι. ζάθεον ist willkürliche Ergänzung zur Herstellung eines Trimeters, wie er die fünf folgenden Teile beginnt; ὡς scheint dem Sinne zu entsprechen:,,hier wieder eine hochheilige Höhe als Schutz, wie er sich einbildet, innehabend".

mvp-comment-152-4 53

mvp-comment-153-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 271

mvp-comment-153-2 ὑπόδικος: ὑπεύθυνος, χρε ώστης, ἔνοχος δίκης Hesych. Er will sich vor Gericht rechtfertigen wegen Gewaltthat. Mit χερῶν vgl. αυτόχειρ.

mvp-comment-154-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 271

mvp-comment-154-2 αἷμα μητρῷον τὸ ( ὃ) χαμαὶ διερὸν οἴχεται πέδοι χύμενον δυσ αγκόμιστον ( δυσανακομιστόν ἐστι, das Mutterblut, welches auf den Boden geflossen ist, zur Erde vergossen, ist nicht wieder zurückzubringen. Mit δυσαγκόμιστον vgl. τίς ἂν πάλιν ἀγκαλέσαιτο Ag. 1005 f. Die epische Form χύμενον auch Cho. 400 , Eur. Herakl. 76 .

mvp-comment-155-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 271

mvp-comment-155-2 In δεῖ σ᾿ ἀντιδοῦναι ἐρυθρὸν πέλανον ῥοφεῖν ἀπὸ ζῶντος ἐκ μελέων steht der Infin. ῥοφεῖν wie in δοῦναι οἶνόν τινι πιεῖν. ἐρυθρὸν πέλανον: Pers. 818

πέλανος αἱματοσφαγής
, Etym. M. p. 695, 15
Ἀττικοὶ λέγουσι πέλανον πᾶν τὸ πεπηγός
.

mvp-comment-156-1 54

mvp-comment-156-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 271

mvp-comment-156-3 ἀντίποινα ματροφόνου δύας, Bufse für den muttermordenden Schmerz d. i. für den von Schmerzen begleiteten Muttermord. Vgl. zu Ag. 735 .

mvp-comment-157-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-157-2 ἤλιτεν θεὸν . . τοκῆας wie ἀθανάτους ἀλιτέσθαι Hom. δ 378 , ἐκ γὰρ δή μ' ἀπάτησε καὶ ἤλιτεν 1 375, ὅ τις σφ᾽ ἀλίτηται Τ 265 u. a.

mvp-comment-158-1 55

mvp-comment-158-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-158-3 Der Ahndung der Erinyen fallen diejenigen anheim, welche sich gegen die drei Hauptgebote der griechischen Sittenlehre verfehlen. Vgl. zu 548. So sagt Horaz carm. II 13, 5 von dem, welcher der schlimmsten Verbrechen fähig ist, illum et parentis crediderim sui fregisse cervicem et penetralia sparsisse nocturno cruore hospitis. - Wegen des Plur. ἀσεβοῦντες nach dem kollektiven τὶς ἄλλος Krüger I § 58, 3, 5 . Die epische Form τοκῆας wie Eur. Phoen. 829

βασιλῆας
.

mvp-comment-159-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-159-2 εὔθυνος: δικαστής Schol. Pers. 830

Ζεύς τοι κολαστὴς τῶν ὑπερκόμπων ἄγαν φρονημάτων ἔπεστιν, εὔθυνος βαρύς
.

mvp-comment-160-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-160-2 δελτογράφῳ: Soph. frg. 535

θὲς δ᾽ ἐν φρενὸς δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους
, Cic. Acad. II 1
ut nos litteris consignamus quae monumentis mandare volumus, sic ille (Lucullus) in animo res insculptas habebat
und zu Cho. 448 . Cho. 1 . ἐπωπα: 20

mvp-comment-161-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-161-2 zweites Epeisodion. Orestes ruft Athena zu Hilfe. Die Chorführerin weist jeden Beistand zurück.

mvp-comment-162-1 56

mvp-comment-162-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-162-3 καιρούς d. i. die rechte Zeit für das Reden wie für das Schweigen, vgl. Plat. Staat p. 374 Cov παριεὶς τοὺς καιρούς und zu Cho. 580 . Diese Stelle scheint die Vorlage für frg. I der Eumen. des Ennius gewesen zu sein: Ita sapere opino esse optumum, ut pro viribus Tacere ac fabulari tute noveris.

mvp-comment-163-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-163-2 μητροκτόνον μίασμα: Vgl. κηλὶς μητροκτόνος Eur. Iph. T. 1200 und zu Ag. 735 . Wenn die Erinyen 247 u. a. immer noch Blut sehen, so wollen sie jede Möglichkeit der Reinigung eines Muttermörders in Abrede stellen.

mvp-comment-164-1 57

mvp-comment-164-2 Wecklein 1888, p. 272

mvp-comment-164-3 ποταίνιον ὄν, als es noch frisch war. Vgl. Cho. 1053 . πρὸς ἑστία θ. Φ. gehört zu ἠλάθη. χοιροκτόνοις (zu Ag. 735 ): Ferkelblut galt als entsühnend und wurde bei Reinigungsopfern vielfach gebraucht, so bei den περίστια vor Be- ginn der Volksversammlung (Schol. zu Aristoph. Ekkl. 128 , Poll. VIII 104 ), denen die römischen suovetaurilia entsprechen, und sonst, vgl. zu 453 und Plaut. Men. 292 . Einl. S. 17 N. 2.

mvp-comment-165-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-165-2 πολὺς . . ἐξ ἀρχῆς λόγος d.i. ich würde viel zu sagen haben, wenn ich von Anfang an erzählen wollte.

mvp-comment-166-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-166-2 Schol. ἐβλάπτοντο γὰρ οἱ μυσαροῖς ξυντυγχάνοντες.

mvp-comment-167-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-167-2 Der Vers, welcher dem Zusammenhange der Stelle, nach der Phöbos den Orestes gereinigt hat, nicht entspricht, ist von Musgrave ausgeschieden worden. Der Sinn ist:,,alles (also auch die Befleckung) entkräftet die mit ihm alternde Zeit" d. i. je älter eine Sache wird, um so mehr wird sie geschwächt. Die Zeit wird als alternd mit dem Alternden gedacht, vgl. Prom. 1013

ἀλλ' ἐκδιδάσκει πάνθ' ὁ γηράσκων χρόνος
. Ein ähnlicher Vers findet sich bei Stob. fl. 126, 8 χρόνος δ᾽ ἀμαυροῦ πάντα κεἰς λήθην ἄγει.

mvp-comment-168-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-168-2 Ἀθηναία, die alte feierliche, in Inschriften bis auf die Zeit des Euklides herab häufig (gewöhnlich mit Artikel ἡ ᾿Αθηναία) vorkommende Form, auch 299, 617, Eur. Iph. T. 1436 , sonst bei den Tragikern Ἀθάνα.

mvp-comment-169-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-169-2 κτήσεται, nämlich als Herrin dieses Landes ", also für Attika. Vgl. zu 765.

mvp-comment-170-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-170-2 αὐτόν scil. ἐμέ. τὸν Ἀργεῖον λεὼν . . σύμμαχον: Schol. :

ὡς τότε συμμαχούντων Ἀργείων Ἀθηναίοις
. Einl. S. 23. δικαίως, ὀρθῶς, ἀληθῶς, aufrichtig, ehrlich. Vgl. πανδίκως εὐσεβής Suppl. 424
ὀρθῶς ἐνδίκως τ᾽ ἐπώνυμον
Sept. 392
ἣν εὑρεθῇς ἐς τήνδε μὴ δίκαιος ὤν
Soph. Trach. 411 .

mvp-comment-171-1 Wecklein 1888, p. 273

mvp-comment-171-2 Die Gottheit hört gern von den Stätten, wo sie besonders verehrt wird. Daher ist bei Anrufungen der Götter die Aufzählung solcher Örtlichkeiten beliebt. Vgl. Soph. Ant. 1118 f. Mit εἴτε — εἴτε, wie hier, Aristoph. Wo. 269

ἔλθετε εἴτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ὀλύμπου κορυφαῖς ἱεραῖς χιονοβλήτοισι κάθησθε κτέ. χώρας τόποις
steht wie ein einziger Begrif, daher Λιβυστικοῖς. Vgl. ποῖον . . γαίας πέδον Sept. 291
, χθονὸς . . τηλουρόν. . πέδον
Prom. 1
τὸ Πυθικὸν Θεοῦ μαντείον
Soph. Oed. T. 242
ὄγκον ὀνόματος μητρῷον
Trach. 817
, Ηπειρώτις ψυχὴ γυναικῶν
Eur. Andr. 159 u. Ähnliches oft, z. B. unten 327.

Commentary (Arthur Sidgwick, 1887) (OCR draft) (Arthur Sidgwick's commentary on the Eumenides, aligned to the canonical Greek text.) focus

mvp-sidgwick-1-1-1 [The exterior of the Shrine at Delphi (see note on 63): the priestess comes forward and speaks.]

mvp-sidgwick-1-2-1 [1-63. PROLOGUE. The priestess calls on all the gods connected with the shrine, then goes in, and returns terrified, describing the sight within, a blood-stained murderer on the central stone, and the dreadful Furies sleeping round.]

πρεσβεύω . I honour most; the superlative sense practically contained in the word accounts for gen. θεῶν. πρεσβεύω is rather a favourite word of Aeschylus. So line 21 Παλλὰς πρεσβεύεται, has chief honour, Cho. 488

πρῶτον τόνδε πρεσβεύσω τάφον,
as here, Ag. 1300
ὁ δ᾽ ὕστατος τοῦ χρόνου πρεσβεύεται,
is first in respect of time, Cho. 631
κακῶν πρεσβεύεται,
is first of horrors.

πρωτόμαντιν . The Earth was naturally regarded as most ancient of gods: and prophetic, perhaps because the ancient shrines of prophecy were so often caverns or mysterious chasms (e. g. Delphic chasm, the Sibyl's cave, the cave of Trophonios, etc.). Pausanias tells us (10.5.5) that the Delphians affirmed their oracle to have originally belonged to the Earth. And Prom. 209 we have Γαῖα and θέμις prophesying to Prometheus.

ἐκ δὲ τῆς , after her; τῆς common Epic use of art. for demonst. frequent in Aesch., ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν δὲ τῷ, ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς, etc.

mvp-sidgwick-4-1-1 The dramatic particle δή probably here merely anticipates ὡς λόγος τις.

μητρός , mother of Themis; not the general meaning Mother Earth. It is a striking evidence of the fluctuating character of these genealogies that the poet elsewhere ( Prom. 209 ) speaks of Earth and Themis as the same; one form of many names.

ἕζετο with acc. Cf. Ag. 183 σέλμα σεμνὸν ἡμένων, 664 ναῦν ἐφέζετο.

λάχει , lot; vivid poetic for in the third place, third in order.

θελούσης , οὐδὲ πρὸς βίαν τινός, with her good will, neither in despite of any. Aeschylus uses this stately emphasis because he is following (or inventing) a different story from what was apparently the received version: for Pindar says (quoted by Schol.) that Apollo by force occupied Pytho: and Eurip. (Iph. Τ. 1259) says,

Apollo came and took away Themis daughter of Earth from the divine oracles.
But this savage and doubtless older story was not suitable to the poet's purpose: the sanctity and dignity of the oracle (ideas which are required for the plot) are averse from such violence.

mvp-sidgwick-6-1-1 The Titans were according to the oldest story six sons and six daughters of Ouranos and Gaia: the author of the Theogony gives the list (Hes. Theog. 134), mentioning both Themis and Phoibe. According to same ancient source (Theog. 403) Phoibe (by Koios the Titan) was mother of Leto, hence grandmother of Phoibos; and so by custom gave the infant Phoibos both a birthday gift (7), and his name (8).

ἥ , she. Epic demonstrative use of ὅς, surviving in ἢ δ᾽ ὅς, ὃς δ᾽

ἔφη ( said he).

δίδωσι , gives it, the oracle.

γενέθλιον δόσιν . There were two birth-festivals at Athens-the ἀμφιδρόμια, when the infant was carried round the hearth on the seventh (or fifth day), and the δεκάτη, tenth-day festival, when it was named and formally recognised by the father. On both occasions, especially the latter, presents were given.

παρώνυμον , made like to hers.

λίμνη , the circular or rather oval tarn in the north of the island, often referred to by ancient writers ( Eur. Ion 167 , Iph. Taur. 1104 , Herod. 2. 170, etc.), and apparently connected with the birth of Apollo.

χοιράς , 's back,hog lit., i.e. ridge or rock, of Mount Kynthos.

mvp-sidgwick-10-1-1 The ship-frequented shores of Pallas are Attica, regarded as specially the land of Pallas Athene.

mvp-sidgwick-11-1-1 Delphi is called the shrine of Parnassus as being at the foot of that Mountain. ll. 13, 14

. The Athenians are called, in Aeschylus' grand style, 'the sons of Hephaistos, hewers of the road, making tame the wild land.' There was a sacred way from Athens to Delphi, and Athenian tradition evidently affirmed that it had been made of old by Athenians for Apollo. The Schol. mentions an interesting ceremonial, plainly a survival, bearing on this tradition, that when Athens sent a mission to Delphi, the sacred ambassadors were preceded by men with axes. (The Boeotian Pindar, on the other hand, makes Apollo start from Tanagra in Boeotia, according to the Schol.).

παῖδες Ἡφαίστου , because Hephaistos was father of Erichthonios, mythical king of Athens. The title is peculiarly appropriate to the hewers of the way, as Hephaistos was the god who invented many of the tools and the arts of civilised life.

mvp-sidgwick-12-1-1 Making tame, i, e. evidently clearing and settling; not only (as Schol.) from robbers.'

Δελφός , the king and eponymous' hero of Delphians.

κτίζω , properly to build, a favourite word of Aeschylus, often used as a stately synonym for to make: e.g. Pers. 289

εὐνίδας ἔκτισσαν,
Cho. 1060
ἐλεύθερόν σε κτίσει,
Eum. 714 μηδ᾽ ἀκαρπώτους κτίσαι.

προφήτης , the spokesman, the interpreter of Zeus. So he says in a fragment (79) Ζεὺς ἐγκαθίει Λοξίᾳ θεσπίσματα. So Verg. A. 3. 251 Quae Phoebo pater omnipotens, mihi Phoebus Apollo Praedixit.

Παλλὰς προναία , Pallas of the precincts; the name of a temple of Athena near the great sanctuary of Apollo at Delphi. It is mentioned by Herodotus in this form (

προνηΐη)
l. 92 , and there exist two Delphic inscriptions containing it (ΠΡΟΝΑΙA): but it seems to have been afterwards corrupted into πρόνοια, the shape in which the name of Athena at Delphi appears in Demosthenes (780), Aeschines (Ctes. 69), and Pausanias (10.8.7). Some people suppose two Delphic Athenas, προναία and πρόνοια: but this, though possible, is hardly likely. The learned Alexandrine poet Callimachus (250 B.C.) has the old form (προναίην, quoted by Schol.).

Κωρυκίς . The Korykian cavern was a remarkable cave high up in Parnassus, seven miles from Delphi: the cavern contains two large chambers 100 and 200 feet long respectively: it was the refuge of the Delphians in the Persian invasion (Herod. 8. 36), and more than once when their country was invaded. It was sacred to Pan and the nymphs.

φίλορνις , loved of birds, using the shelter for roosting and building.

φἀναστροφή , abode, haunt. The verb ἀναστρέφεσθαι is common for to be engaged in, to live ; ἐν φανερῷ, ἐν ᾿Αργει, ἐν μέσῳ, ἐν ξυμμαχίᾳ, etc. (versari Latin).

Βρόμιος , a common title of Bacchus. Aeschylus in glorifying Delphi fixes there the scene of the great vengeance of Bacchus on Pentheus. [Pentheus, king of Thebes, forbade and tried to prevent the worship of Bacchus; but the god drove mad with Bacchic frenzy the women, including Agaue Pentheus' mother, and they tore the king in pieces.] Euripides in the Bacchae makes Kithairon (between Attica and Boeotia) the scene, and Schol. says that Aeschylus himself also follows this tradition in the lost play Ξαντρίαι.

οὗτε , Epic form of rel. common in Aeschylus. (

ὅστε
Pers. 297 , αἵτε Eum. 1024,
ἐξ οὗτε
Pers. 762
,
ἅτε
Cho. 615
, etc.)

λαγὼ δίκην , like a hare, i. e. they tore him as dogs a hare. [Scholiast's int. crouching like a hare is frigid and absurd.] Notice absence of caesura; Ag. 943 , Cho. 493 .

Πλειστός , a small river south of Delphi: Apollonius (2.711) speaks of Korykian nymphs daughters of Pleistos.

Ποσειδώνος : there was an altar of Poseidon at Delphi. [There were various old traditions about Poseidon having once possessed Delphi and exchanged it for other places, which may be connected with his worship there.]

τέλειον , the fulfiller: so Ag. 973

Ζεῦ Ζεῦ τέλειε, τὰς ἐμὰς εὐχὰς τέλει.

Abridged , but quite intelligible, expression for 'May I find this time better response than I found in my former entrances to the shrine.'

τυχεῖν με , acc. inf. of prayer, common constr. with or without δός or

δοῖεν
(Cho. 307 , O. C. 868 , etc.). For acc. ἄριστα with τυχεῖν, cf. Ag. 1228 .

πάρ' , are here, for πάρεισιν, is commonly read here. But it is more natural to take παρά as a preposition; and it is quite easy to understand are come.

ἴτων , rare form for ἰόντων ος ἴτωσαν.

μαντεύεσθαι . is used both of prophesying and consulting the god, or getting a prophecy. Here both would suit, but the former is the sense in which Aeschylus uses the word elsewhere.

ὡς ἄν , according as, indef. relat. use. [She passes into the temple, and there is a pause : then she comes out horror-stricken and half fainting.]

δεινά . is nom. λέξαι and δρακεῖν epex. inf. after the adj. Things terrible to tell of, terrible to behold have sent me back, etc.

ὥς , Epic for ὥστε, common in Trag., esp. in Aeschylus (e.g. Ag. 358, 546, 575, 665, 1381 ).

σωκεῖν , to be strong.

ἀκταίνω , a unique word of which the meaning is disputed. The Schol. and old lexicons give (1) to uplift, or be uplifted. (2) to exult, prance (γαυριᾶν), leap violently (ἀτάκτως πηδᾶν). The sense however requires, not, 'I can't move violently, but rather I can hardly move at all: it is best therefore to take ἀκταίνω, to lift. βάσιν, my step: this is a correction in the best MS., all the texts reading στάσιν, (which is perhaps possible, and then to uplift my standing would mean to stand upright;) but βάσιν is easier and far more likely.

χερσίν , by aid of hands: holding on, to support her failing limbs. [Schol. actually says she comes out on all fours, τετραποδηδόν!!]

ἀντίπαιs , rather a strange compound, the preposition ἀντί governing (so to speak) the waῖς, and not some word outside as usual. Aeschylus is fond of these compounds : ἀντίκεντρον 136, 466,

ἀντίφερνον
Ag. 406 ,
ἀντήνωρ
ib. 443
,
ἀντίδουλος
Cho. 135
.

μὲν οὖν , corrective, as usual. Nay, she is as a child.

mvp-sidgwick-32-1-1 The inner sanctuary of Delphi (μυχός) contained the statue of Apollo: the ὀμφαλός, see next note: the altar with the eternal fire, fed only with fir-wood; and the roof all hung with garlands (πολυστεφή). In the centre was the chasm with the tripod where the priestess sate, and inhaled the intoxicating fumes of the smoke which came up from below.

ὀμφαλός , navel, was the name given to Delphi, as the centre of the earth, and particularly (as here) to a white stone in the μυχός of the temple¹. Strabo (9. 3.) tells us that

an ὀμφαλός bound with fillets
was shown in the temple; and Pausanias (10. 16. 3) reports that
the Delphians said their ὀμφαλός, which was made of white stone, was the centre of the earth, and quoted from Pindar a passage which agreed with their account.
1 The ὀμφαλός as a round or oval object is often found on coins or vases or sculptures relating to Delphi.

μέν answers δέ l. 46

.

προστρόπαιον , lit. turning toward, hence suppliant. The supplication might be for vengeance (as Ag. 1587 , Cho. 286 ), or more commonly for purification, as here. Hence the word contracts another meaning, guilty; see below ll. 234, 237

.

mvp-sidgwick-34-2-1 Some take it here agreeing with ἄνδρα; but rhythm and order indicate that it goes with ἕδραν, a suppliant seat; so Soph. O. C. 1309 , π. λιταί.

mvp-sidgwick-35-1-1 The olive-branch, with tufts of wool attached, was the regular sign of the suppliant :

ἱκετῶν ἐριοστέπτοισι κλάδοισι
Suppl. 23 ,
κλάδοις κατάσκιον ὅμιλον
ib. 354
,
ἱκτηρίοις κλάδοισιν ἐξεστεμμένοι
Ο. Τ. 3
.

σωφρόνως seems to mean duly, piously.

mvp-sidgwick-36-1-1 For so will I plainly tell, i. e. about the suppliant there was nothing strange : the horrible and mysterious part of the sight she goes on to describe.

λόχος , troop: for the number of the Eumenides see Introduction.

Γοργόνας . : Aeschylus, Prometheus 899,

Three winged sisters with snakes for hair, loathed of men, whom no mortal shall see and live:
and the Furies are compared to them, Cho. 1047,
In dusky robes and twined with many snakes, like Gorgons.

mvp-sidgwick-39-1-1 If this line is right the substantive is understood: [Monsters] have I seen ere now in a picture, snatching the feast of Phineus, i.e. the Harpies.

mvp-sidgwick-39-2-1 The Harpyiae are in Homer simply the spirits of the storm who are said to have carried off those who disappear suddenly (e. g. Od. 1. 241). The story is told by later writers as follows: Phineus, king of Thrace, being falsely told that his sons were conspiring to corrupt their stepmother, put out their eyes. The gods in wrath blinded him, and sent loathsome monsters, the Harpies, to snatch away his banquet. The best known account is Vergil's, Aen. 3. 212.

mvp-sidgwick-39-3-1 [Herm. and others thinking the omission of the subst. too harsh, suppose a line lost; but it would be difficult to write one which would not separate δεῖπνον too much from Φινέως. Schol. plainly had our text.]

γε μήν , yet, adversative as usual: γε μέντοι, γε μὲν δή (and in Homer γε μέν), also used in the same way. So

σπορᾶς γε μὴν ἐκ τῆσδε
Ρ. V. 871 ,
σὺν χρόνῳ γε μήν
Ag. 1378
.

οὐ πλατοῖσι , unapproachable: for the breath was deadly with blood and fire, and withered up what it touched (138). MSS. read πλαστοῖσι, feigned: but the other is far more forcible.

κόσμος , their garb.

mvp-sidgwick-43-1-1 i. e. I know not the race nor land whence this company are sprung.

μὴ μεταστένειν πόνον , without repenting of its toil, is an elaborate repetition and explanation of ἀνατί, unharmed. [The inf. is literally the object of ἐπεύχεται : boasts that having reared... it does not repent, i. e. boasts to rear without repenting].

mvp-sidgwick-45-1-1 The horror and pollution of these monsters is too fearful: she will leave it to Apollo himself, who as seer (τερασκόπος) will understand, as prophet-healer (ἰατρόμαντις) will cure, as καθάρσιος will purify.

mvp-sidgwick-46-1-1 [The priestess retires: the scene shifts and shews the interior of the shrine: Orestes with a bloody sword seated on the ὀμφαλός, Apollo and Hermes standing by: the chorus of Furies asleep all about on stone seats or the floor.]

διὰ τέλους , idiomatic expression for ever.

mvp-sidgwick-48-1-1 If MSS. καὶ πρόσω δέ is right, it means and even when far away, i. e. ' I will watch over you when near, and even when afar, and I will punish your foes.' This makes good sense and need not be altered, though καὶ πρόσω γε Blom. is possibly right.

ὕπνῳ πεσοῦσαι , prostrate in sleep [they lie] : πεσοῦσαι used rather loosely for the perfect, like θανόντes for τεθνηκότες. But the construction is rather harsh, with a strained tense and no verb: and not improbably πεσοῦσαι is corrupt for some verb. The best suggestion is Weil's πεδῶνται : (others πρέπουσι, πέλουσι : παρεῖνται Weckl.).

μίγνυται , consorts.

γραῖαι , παλαιαὶ παῖδες, old, wrinkled maidens; a bold and contemptuous oxymoron to express loathing.

mvp-sidgwick-51-1-1 The least alteration of MSS. is to read βιβῶντ᾽ ἀν᾿ ἀεὶ τὴν π. χ., ever pacing the travelled earth. This involves the displacement of the preposition ἀνά by ἀεί, a very rare and harsh licence: H. P. quote Plato σὺν ἀεί τινι βίᾳ, but ἀεί τινι is far less harsh an interruption than ἀεί alone. [This we shall see if we try it in English, rule with always some violence, is less impossible than walk over always the earth.] A better example is Laws 797 D ἐν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν οὐ τοῖς μὲν τοῖς δ᾽ οὐ.

mvp-sidgwick-51-2-1 The conjectures are very numerous 2 but do not convince : ἀνάγκῃ Musgr. is perhaps the best: or to read περῶντα δ᾽ ἀεί with Weil and Weckl. I leave the ἀν' ἀεί, as it is perhaps barely possible.

mvp-sidgwick-51-3-1 The Homeric βιβῶντ' (used also by Pindar) is a better correction than βεβῶτ', as nearer the MSS. and more likely to have been corrupted.

mvp-sidgwick-52-1-1 Notice περιρρύτας, fem. form from compd. adj. So

περικλυστά
Pers. 596 ,
εὐφιλητάν
Theb. 108
,
δυσοιστά (?)
Eum. 789
,
παναρκέτας (?)
Cho. 69
.

βουκολούμενος . (mid. as Schol. interprets), tending, i. e. brooding over; a bold metaphor characteristic of the poet.

ἄγκαθεν , in thy arms, from ἄγκη, the bent arm: like the Homeric ἀγκὰς ἑλεῖν or ἔχειν, to take in the arms: cf. Ag. 3 .

θελκτηρίους , persuasive, to the judges of the Areiopagos.

mvp-sidgwick-56-1-1 Learn also to take heed, though to our ears it sounds too bold to be said to a god, is not so meant in the Greek, nor does Apollo so take it: it is simply forget me not, O god. Notice ἐπίστᾳ contracted for ἐπίστασαι; so we find δύνᾳ.

mvp-sidgwick-57-1-1 Thy strength is warrant thou wilt aid me; taking eὖ ποιεῖν together.

σε . φρέναs, the acc. of whole and part, common from Homer down: like Τρῶας τρόμος αἰνὸς ὑπήλυθε γυῖα ἕκαστον ; τὸν βάλε κνήμην; and μέθες με πρὸς θεῶν χεῖρα etc.

κάρτα δ᾽ ὧν ἐπώνυμος , true to thy name, give guidance : the title πομπαῖος meaning the guider.

mvp-sidgwick-60-1-1 Zeus reveres this sanctity of outlaws, which comes to men from the fortune of fair escort; a rather obscure expression, but explained by the context: Zeus reveres the claim which outlaws have (on the pity of men), a claim which springs from the (divine) power which guides them: i. e. ‘Orestes, though an outlaw, will find pity since thou wilt guide him. [Wecklein reads τὸ κηρύκων (for τόδ᾽ ἐκ.), of Hermes: certainly much simpler, though perhaps unnecessary.]

mvp-sidgwick-60-2-1 [Apollo retires; Hermes leads Orestes out ; the stage is empty. Then from below the ghost of Klytaimnestra rises.]

mvp-sidgwick-61-1-1 This sentence is written with an effective vehemence which is very dramatic: the broken and rough grammar being exactly imitative of strongly excited speech.

mvp-sidgwick-61-2-1 The drift is: 'I, thus dishonoured by you [the negligent Furies], among the dead below am constantly reproached for my deeds-wandering in disgrace and blamed by all-but for my sufferings no god takes heed.'

mvp-sidgwick-61-3-1 Thus the antithesis to ὧν μὲν ἔκτανον is really παθοῦσα δ᾽ (100) and αἰσχρῶς δ᾽ ἀλῶμαι answers οὐκ ἐκλείπεται. Note the double break of construction: (1) the intrusion of οὐκ ἐκλείπεται with a new subject between ἐγώ and ἀλῶμαι : (2) the entire anacoluthon παθοῦσα δ᾽ without verb followed by οὐδεὶς μηνίεται. For the latter compare Ag. 1008

ὅκνος βαλὼν ... οὐκ ἔδυ δόμος,
Cho. 521
πάντα ἐκχέας . . . μάτην ὁ μόχθος,
and Eur. Cycl. 331 , Hipp. 24 , Iph. Taur. 947 , etc. See 478.

πρός , common poetic use for ὑπό of agent: Cho. 133, 346 , etc. So ἐκ, παρά, and ἀπό are poetically used. So below l. 102

.

mvp-sidgwick-63-1-1 The MSS. read ὅρα δὲ πληγὰς τάσδε καρδίᾳ σέθεν, ‘behold these wounds with thy heart, the use of καρδίᾳ being at first sight supported by what follows for the mind sees in sleep.' But Aeschylus always uses καρδία (as we do heart) of emotion not of intelligence : grief, anxiety, care, fear, wrath, courage, favour, desire-never of perception. So I take Canter's καρδίας ὅθεν adopted by Dind. Pal. Herm. Paley is further no doubt right in reading ὁρᾶτε: the plural is wanted: the asyndeton improves the sense, being more passionate: and the singular clearly arose from σέθεν.

mvp-sidgwick-63-2-1 Behold these wounds in my heart, from whence they came; a fierce reminder of their duty to hunt Orestes, and a far finer sense than the MSS. reading.

ὄμμασιν λαμπρύνεται , stately Aeschylean for is clearsighted.

μοῖρ᾽ ἀπρόσκοπος βροτῶν , 'tis the lot of mortals to be blind. Others take it the lot of men cannot be foretold: but the sense of the other is better, the antithesis is more pointed, ( seeing in sleep, blind in the day,) and ἀπρόσκοπος is more naturally active. [The Schol. says ἡ τῆς φρενὸς μοῖρα, whence H. and others read φρενῶν for βροτῶν : but the Schol. is only (rather stupidly) explaining μοῖρα in connection with the φρήν of the last line: it proves nothing about the reading: φρήν and φρενῶν would be very flat repetition.]

mvp-sidgwick-66-1-1 Wineless libations, sober cheer: poetic amplification. The Ερινύες had no wine in their offerings:

νήφων ἀοίνοις
Ο. C. 100 ,
μηδὲ προσφέρειν μέθυ
ib. 481
. So again l. 860 ἀοίνοις θυμώμασι.

ὥραν , the acc. is best explained as a kind of loose apposition to νυκτίσεμνα δείπνα: the apposition really being to the part of the expression which contains the notion of night. The Erinyes alone had midnight sacrifices.

καὶ ταῦτα , usually with participle: here loosely but naturally with principal verb. The fact is, the ὤρουσεν is grammatically needless ('he is gone like a fawn, and that too from the very midst of the snare'), but is redundantly added, picking up and further emphasizing οἴχεται.

ἐγκατιλλώψας , a strange word, which occurs again Aesch. Sisyph. (Frag. 211) meaning mock. We find also κατιλλώπτω, ἐνιλλώπτω: the derivation seems to be ἴλλω, twist, ὀπ-, face:' hence to leer, to sneer, and so to scoff.

τῆς ἐμῆς περὶ ψυχῆς , for dear life; a proverbial expression as in English (rather strange in the mouth of a ghost), meaning that the issue is of the last importance to her.

ὄναρ , might be nom., I, a dream, like Ag. 82 ὄναρ ἡμερόφαντον ἀλαίνει (so Schütz, Wakef. H. Pal.). But it is rather more naturally taken acc. in a dream, as l. 131

. II [The Furies begin to groan and mutter and move uneasily in their sleep.]

mvp-sidgwick-72-1-1 The MSS. read φίλοις γάρ εἰσιν οὐκ ἐμοῖς προσίκτορες, which makes no sense, since it could only be translated for there are protectors for friends who are not mine, an obscure and impossible expression for my enemies have gods to help them. Herm.'s correction οὐκ ἐμοί is neat and simple: my friends have helpers: I have none: and P. D. adopt it.

mvp-sidgwick-72-2-1 But it is not really satisfactory : φίλοις without article or possessive is very harsh, and even the use of the word at all is unnatural (not at all like line 108): and προσίκτωρ, though supported by

Ζεὺς ἀφίκτωρ
(Supp. 1 ), is suspicious.

mvp-sidgwick-72-3-1 I prefer on the whole Weil's φίλοι γάρ εἰσιν, οὐκ ἐμοῖς προσεικότες for he has friends, not like to mine, an effective taunt simply expressed.

mvp-sidgwick-73-1-1 Notice the ironic elaborate plainness of this line, as of an angry person who cannot make herself understood.

mvp-sidgwick-74-1-1 If we keep the MSS. πέπρακται, we can only construe (with Paley) this line What hast thou accomplished save to work me harm? i. e. 'you are appointed to avenge me, and by negligence you have only done harm, in letting Orestes escape.'

mvp-sidgwick-74-2-1 The Schol. however paraphrases τί μέλλεις τὸ σὸν ἔργον ἀνύειν ( why delay to do your duty?), clearly understanding the text what business is yours save to do harm (to Orestes)? Herm. followed by Weil tries to get this sense out of πέπρακται, quid tibi agitur: but the tense makes it impossible. If we accept the meaning of the Schol. we must read with Bentley [Stanl. Butl. Hart.] πέπρωται or with Wakef. τέτακται. I have taken πέπρωται. The scornful summons What is your business but mischief?' is more characteristic of Klytaimnestra and more effective than a complaint.

κύριοι ξυνωμόται , fit conspirators: a bold and characteristic image. κύριος means rightful: sleep and weariness naturally act together. For the figure cp. Ag. 650

ξυνώμοσαν γάρ, ὄντες ἔχθιστοι τὸ πρὶν Πῦρ καὶ θάλασσα.

mvp-sidgwick-76-1-1 [Mutterings redoubled and louder] Seize him, seize him ... give heed! The muttering and restless movements and slow awakening with fierce cries are finely dramatic: Aeschylus is unmatched in producing these effects of suspense and terror. Müller ingeniously suggests that it should be read φράζου, followed by λαβέ seven times repeated, as φράζου, mark him, more naturally comes first: the iambic metrical system is preserved: and the leader would then say φράζου, and each of the seven pairs λαβέ. We have however (see p. 23) preferred the view that the chorus was 12, not 15.]

mvp-sidgwick-77-1-1 The dreams of animals are noticed by Theocr. (21.44), Lucret. (4. 989), and Aristotle (Hist. An. 4. 10).

μηδ᾽ ἀγνοήσῃς πῆμα , forget not my wrong.

ἀντίκεντρα , like spurs; see l. 38

.

τῷ , on him. Epic use of article as demonstr. frequent in Aeschylus: see ll. 174, 340, 462, 484

.

mvp-sidgwick-80-2-1 Notice the powerful and imaginative phrasing, waft a bloody breath, shrivel with vapour, wither with pursuit. [The ghost of Klytaimnestra disappears below ; the Chorus gradually awake, the leader rousing the others.]

mvp-sidgwick-81-1-1 Let us see if this prelude is vain, rather obscure, but φροίμιον τύδε most naturally refers to the song they are going to sing, a song of lament at the escape, and chiding and reproach to Apollo.

ἰδέσθαι , the middle, is an Epic use, common in Tragg. Note the loose but natural grammar κἀπολακτίσασ᾽ (sing.), ἰδώμεθ᾽ (plur.). So exactly Aristoph. Aves 203, ἐμβὰς ἐς τὴν λόχμην καλοῦμεν. ...

mvp-sidgwick-82-1-1 This line is out of agreement; and generally the character of the first stanzas is that the lines are very disjointed: the true explanation being no doubt that the song is alternately taken up by one and another of the Furies, to give the dramatic effect of their excitement and anger. So the Schol. says κομματικῶς ἕκαστον κατ᾿ ἰδίαν προφερετέον· each bit must be delivered separately by a single voice. It is not worth while to attempt (as Herm. does) to distribute the parts exactly, as there is no evidence.

ὁ θήρ , our prey.

νέος γραίας , simply young and old. This complaint that Apollo as one of the younger race has overridden the Furies who are elder goddesses constantly recurs through the play, 163, 731, 778, 838, 845; see Introduction. καθιππάζομαι, a bold picturesque word for trample down, so 731, 779.

τοκεῦσιν , generalising plural, to his mother, as the sense requires.

τῶνδε , your acts, insulting the old goddesses, and protecting the impious suppliant.

μεσολαβεῖ , another tersely vivid word: the goad grasped by the middle to give the blow force.

mvp-sidgwick-88-1-1 'Tis come, I feel it, the sore, sore chill of the cruel scourger's blow. δάμιος μαστίκτωρ is the public scourger: a bold image for Klytaimnestra's taunts.

mvp-sidgwick-89-1-1 The MSS. read-

κρατοῦντες τὸ πᾶν δίκας πλέον·
φονολιβή θρόνον
περὶ πόδα, περὶ κάρα 3
πάρεστι γᾶς ὀμφαλόν κ.τ.λ.
This stopping must be wrong, as the construction is very clumsy with θρόνον in apposition to ὀμφαλόν, and the strophe which is very parallel in sound and structure makes it practically certain that the stop is at κάρα. We then have two alternatives : (1) Το keep θρόνον, changing stop from πλέον to κάρα :
Ruling utterly beyond the right
A throne dripping blood
From feet to head:
We may see the Earth's navel, etc.
[φονολιβή θρόνον is a regular dochmiac, and may rightly correspond to μεσολαβεῖ κέντρῳ, where the long κεν- is an irrational syllable. So for example O. Τ. 1315 δύσοῦρῖστὸν ōv corresponds to 1323 τυφλὸν κῆδεῦῶν.

mvp-sidgwick-89-2-1 Even if syllabic correspondence were required, we might easily correct to θρᾶνον Ahrens, θᾶκον Rauchenstein: but there is no need].

mvp-sidgwick-89-3-1 (2) To read with Herm. and others after Wakefield θρόμβον, and suppose the second and third lines interjectory, by another speaker: κρατοῦντες intransitive:

Ruling utterly beyond the right:-
A blood-dripping clot
Around his feet, about his head-
We may see, etc.
The two lines would then be a vivid and bold picture of angry horror at the foul stain on the god's shrine: such are the doings of the young gods as the ancient Furies dramatically exclaim. On the whole I prefer (1) which keeps the MS. reading, certainly also read (though misunderstood) by the Schol. who says, τὸν θρόνον οὗ Ορέστης καθῆτο πάρεστιν ὁρᾶν φονολειβῆ. It was not the seat of Orestes but the seat of Apollo.

ἀρόμενον , that has taken upon it ;

βλοσυρὸν ἄγος αἱμάτων , a fell pollution of blood. For

ὀμφαλόν see line 40.

μάντις ὤν , i. e. though a seer, and thus the last who should have allowed pollution.

αὐτόσσυτος, αὐτόκλητος , at thine own bidding, at thine own summons: the repetition of similar words is noticeable all through this chorus; a rhetorical turn due to the strength of their wrath and passion. So περὶ πόδα, περὶ κάρα - βαρὺ περίβαρυ - δαΐου δαμίου, etc.

mvp-sidgwick-93-1-1 And crushing the ancient Fates. The Schol. followed by Pal. and others, understands this of themselves, the Furies being identified for the moment with the Fates. So Eurip. Elect. 1252 says of Orestes-

δειναὶ δὲ Κῆρές σ' αἱ κυνώπιδες θεαὶ
τροχηλατήσουσ᾽ ἐμμανῆ πλανώμενον.
But it is very difficult to believe that Aeschylus who makes the Furies call upon the Fates (961) as our own sisters, righteous goddesses, and speak of them as apart from themselves (724), should here put one for the other. It is better to consider (with Dind. Linw. Weil) that the allusion is here, as more fully explained below (724), to Apollo having allowed the Fates to be robbed by the rescue of Alkestis from death. This explains the κάμοί γε next line, To us too the Furies, as well as to the Fates; and also l. 175 He if he fly beneath the earth shall never be set free, as Alkestis was set free by Herakles who wrestled with death and recovered her.

mvp-sidgwick-93-2-1 It remains however an unusually obscure allusion, and hence one cannot feel confident.

τόν , Orestes: for Epic form cp. 137, 357.

mvp-sidgwick-95-1-1 MSS. read μιάστορ᾽ ἐκείνου πάσεται : corrupt, neither metre nor sense. The Schol. say,

Being defiled he shall receive on his head another avenger, and his descendants shall pay us the penalty.
The words italicised clearly point to some correction like ἐγγενῆ or ἐν γένει (Hart.) or ἐκ γένους (Weil). I have taken the former, 'being guilty of blood he shall find, smiting his head, another avenger of his kindred: i. e. the blood feud shall be continued: Klytaimnestra smote Agamemnon: Orestes smote Klytaimnestra; another shall strike him and the feud be carried on.

μιάστωρ , properly one who pollutes, used for an avenger Soph. El. 603 (of Orestes), Eur. Med. 1371 .

mvp-sidgwick-95-3-1 [Enter from the inner shrine Apollo, who sternly addresses the Furies.]

mvp-sidgwick-96-1-1 A winged glancing snake, a bold and splendid image for an arrow.

mvp-sidgwick-97-1-1 The black foam sucked from men, is explained in the next line.

καρανιστῆρες ὀφθαλμώρυχοι δίκαι , dooms that shear off the head and tear out the eyes. The horror is intensified both by the extraordinary weight and force of the lines, and by the abstract: the Furies are banished to a land of ghastly things. For the masc. form καρανιστήρ with fem. word δίκη compare

σωτήρ τύχη
Ag. 664 ,
λαμπὰς πορευτής
ib. 287
,
θέλκτωρ πειθώ
Suppl. 1040
, παραγιγνόμεναι πράκτορες below 319, βρωτῆρας αἰχμάς 803.

mvp-sidgwick-99-1-1 A corrupt and difficult line: MSS. read-

... σπέρματός τ᾽ ἀποφθοραὶ
παίδων κακοῦται χλοῦνις ἠδ᾽ ἀκρωνία.
The explanation turns on the meaning of χλοῦνις. (1) One of the Schol. understands it to mean castration: and this is supported by Aristotle (Hist. An. 6. 28), who says distinctly τῶν δὲ ἀρρένων καὶ ἀγρίων οἱ τομίαι μείζους γίγνονται καὶ χαλεπώτεροι, ὥσπερ καὶ Ὅμηρος ἐποίησεν (11. 9. 539), Τρέψεν ἔπι χλούνην σῦν ἄγριον : which proves that Arist. took χλούνης=τομίας: ΕEustathius (772), who quotes the authority of Aeschylus, Aelian, and Aristotle for this int.: and Aeschylus himself, who (Frag. 62) has χλούνης apparently meaning eunuch; but (2) others reply that Homer cannot have meant a σûς τομίας but the opposite : and hence χλοῦνις = virility. These retain κακοῦται and read ἀποφθορᾷ, translating 'and by the destruction of the seed the virility of boys is ruined.' So Dind. Pal. Weil.

mvp-sidgwick-99-2-1 In favour of (1) is the very strong evidence of Aristotle, backed by Schol. and Eustathius, and further the run of the lines, which consists of a heap of abstract nouns which would be very harshly broken by a finished sentence. We must therefore assume κακοῦται corrupt: though no satisfactory emendation has been suggested. We may add that those who support (2) assume that Aeschylus must have used the word in the Homeric sense: but it is quite possible that he may have misused an old word, and made the same mistake as Aristotle: and the evidence of Frag. 62 confirms this.

μύζουσιν οἰκτισμὸν πολύν , make sore and piteous moaning, a terribly graphic expression for the slow torture of impalement.

ἑορτῆς . depends on στέργηθρα: what manner of feast it is ye love, loathed of the gods [lit. what... loving, ye are loathed ...].

ὑφηγεῖται , lit. leads to it: i. e. shews it.

πλησίοισι , close at hand, seems rather a feeble word and is perhaps corrupt: though none of the suggestions (πλουσίοισι Pauw., πανθύτοισι Mein., Πυθίοισι Mart., and many others worse) are convincing: Πυθίοισι perhaps the best.

τρίβεσθαι μύσος , rub off their foul pollution, a forcible and contemptuous phrase.

mvp-sidgwick-104-1-1 Observe the fine sudden figure, after his manner: Begone, ye flock without a shepherd: no god loves such a herd.

mvp-sidgwick-105-1-1 MSS. read εἰς τὸ πᾶν, the copyists having fallen into the common Aeschylean phrase, here very flat and inappropriate: Canter's εἷς τὸ πᾶν makes it at once forcible and right.

τοσοῦτο , i. e. as to explain.

mvp-sidgwick-107-1-1 Note the idiomatic use of ὥστε instead of simple acc. and infin. So Thuc. 1. 119 δεηθέντες ὥστε ψηφίσασθαι, 5. 17 ψηφισαμένων ὥστε καταλύεσθαι, Eur. Hipp. 1327

ἤθελ᾽ ὥστε γίγνεσθαι,
Soph. Phil. 656
ἆρ᾽ ἔστιν ὥστε . . . λαβεῖν.

πρᾶξαι , to exact, plainly the right word here: MSS. read πέμψαι, ‘to send, which is explained as meaning to Agamemnon: but that would surely require τῷ πατρί. τί μήν; lit. what then? i. e. why not? So, e. g. Plat. Theaet. 145 ἢ οὐχ ἅπερ οἱ ἐπιστήμονες ταῦτα καὶ σοφοί ; (answer) τί μήν;

mvp-sidgwick-109-1-1 To welcome blood new-shed is a bold and vivid phrase for received the murderer red-handed.

mvp-sidgwick-110-1-1 Certainly to be written a question.

κόμπασον γέρας καλόν , ironical: go boast thy glorious office!

ἥτις νοσφίσῃ , a woman who slays: the subjunctive indefinite, because, as frequently, the special case is (rhetorically) put in general terms. The absence of av is Epic usage, common in Trag. and found even in Attic prose, οὗ βραχεῖς ἀρκῶσι Thuc. 4. 17, οἵτινες νομίσωσι 4. 18, ᾧ μὴ ᾖ Plat. Phaedr. 247 B.

αὐθέντης φόνος , the murder of a kinsman; the most fearful pollution according to the Greek view: so much so that a sharp distinction was drawn (as here) between the murder of a husband (not an ὅμαιμος) and the murder of a mother.

mvp-sidgwick-114-1-1 I take the best suggestion, εἰργάσω (Wordsw.), out of many¹ for the corrupt MSS. reading ᾐρκέσω. It must be some word with simple meaning, like thou hast made despised and dishonoured (lit. of no value), to suit both ἄτιμα and παρ᾽ οὐδέν.

mvp-sidgwick-115-1-1 The Marriage of Zeus and Hera was the ἱερὸς γάμος, the sacred or ideal marriage: and "Hpa was called Τελεία, the Accomplisher, as marriage was a τέλος or accomplished rite.

mvp-sidgwick-116-1-1 For marriage ordained by Fate for man and woman is stronger than an Oath, and guarded by Justice. These fine lines containing an ideal of marriage as an indissoluble bond under the highest sanctions seem in advance of ordinary Greek thought and feeling on the subject; but we must remember that Aeschylus belongs to the older school, and one of the charges against the younger poets was that they lowered the ideal of marriage: and further that the immense care of the Athenian 1 ἧκέ σοι Η., ἤρκεσεν Musgr. Weil., ἡρμόσω Merk., ᾐδέσω Well., Hart. ἀρκέσει Bothe; these are the better ones. B law for legitimacy, and the excessive seclusion of women, point in the same direction. [Weck. reads κτείνουσι συλλέκτρους: ingenious.]

mvp-sidgwick-117-1-1 MSS. read τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι, which must be wrong. The neatest emendation is Meineke's (adopted by Hart. Weil. Dind.) τίνεσθαι, to punish, which I have taken. The word is usually employed of the injured man punishing the wrong-doer, and means properly to get payment (middle): but it is not a great stretch to use it of the Furies who are personally interested in the penalty, and may be said to get payment. Of the other numerous corrections only Wakefield's μέλεσθαι need be mentioned. ἐποπτεύειν, look down on them: the proper word for a god's visitation or guidance :

καί σ᾽ ἐποπτεύων θεός
Cho. 1063 ,
θεοὺς ἄνωθεν γῆς ἐποπτεύειν ἄχη
Ag. 1579
,
πατρῷ᾽ ἐποπτεύων κράτη
Cho. 1
, etc.

ἐνθυμουμένην , taking to heart.

πράσσουσαν ἡσυχαιτέραν , ' more remiss in act, the adj. by a common poetic variation for adv. with verb. Somewhat similarly in prose σχολαῖος, χρόνιος, ἄσμενος, etc., are used adverbially.

δίκας ἐποπτεύσει , shall watch the pleadings, i. e. direct the trial.' δίκαι plural is usually pleas of right, not vengeance. So

δίκας κλύοντες
Ag. 813 , hearing the cause :
κραίνετε δίκας
Cho. 462
,
ὑστάτας δίκας
Suppl. 230
, the last trial.

δ᾽ οὖν , well then, impatient and contemptuous. So Prom. 935

ὁ δ᾽ οὖν ποιείτω. τίθου
( put or make for yourself, middle), get. πλέω must be read for MSS. πλέον. In Ag. 1299 we have the opposite blunder of the copyist, χρόνῳ πλέω for χρόνον πλέω: mistakes constantly arising from terminations being erroneously assimilated.

mvp-sidgwick-122-1-1 The Chorus understand Apollo to threaten, and they proudly defend their privileges.

ὥστε , 202.

mvp-sidgwick-124-1-1 No need to alter πάρ into παρά (Porson): both the rhythm and the Epic use are like Aeschylus.

δίκας μέτειμι τόνδε , i.e. I will sue for justice on him; δίκας being a rather strange sort of internal acc., the δίκαι or pleadings shewing the nature of the pursuit; see line 224. The phrase implies. that the Eumenides are going to submit to a trial: δίκην μέτειμι τόνδε would mean simply I will visit vengeance on his head. μέτειμι and μετελθεῖν are used with three kinds of accusatives, the trial or vengeance, the crime, and the criminal. Here we have trial and criminal:

μετῆλθόν σ᾽ αἷμα
Eur. Or. 423 (crime and criminal): so
ἁρπαγὰς μετήλθετ᾽ Ἰλίου πόλιν
Eur. Cycl. 280
: Ag. 1666 (criminal only), Cho. 996 (crime only). *

εἰ προδῶ , Epic use of eἰ with subj. So

εἰ κρανθῇ πρᾶγμα
Suppl. 91 ,
μηδ᾽ εἰ στράτευμα πλεῖον ᾖ
Pers. 791
,
εἰ μὴ τοῖον τύχῃ
Supp. 400
. [Apollo retires : and the Chorus leave the stage. Then the scene is changed to Athens: the temple of Athena Polias on the Acropolis: Orestes enters and kneels as a suppliant before the statue of Athena in the front.] This change of scene, being from one temple to another, would only require the alteration of the side scenes or περίακτοι. These were prismatic or three-sided scenes which were turned round to exhibit different surroundings: rather a primitive device. The altar and temple would remain; only the statues would have to be changed (242). [235-243. SCENE II, Part 1. Orestes prays for protection.]

προστρόπαιον , guilty here: see note on l. 41

. ἀφοίβαντον, uncleansed, from φοῖβος, bright (of course here with reference to the god). (Theocr. uses φοιβάω, to cleanse, later writers φοιβάζω : and φοιβαίνω is found in lexicographers.)

mvp-sidgwick-128-1-1 Orestes by a bold figure is said to be blunted and worn away, when what the poet really means is that the guilt is blunted and worn. In English we must say so. πρός, the light ending, where the sentence is broken in the most closely bound phrase, is rare in Aeschylus, though common enough in Sophocles : e.g. ἢ κατεῖχε τὸν | νέκυν: ἐὰν δέ τοι | ληφθῇ : τὸ γὰρ | πρᾶγμ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἔδρασα: εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μὴ | φανεῖτε: παίσαντές τε καὶ | πληγέντες : all from Antigone. But there is no reason to suspect it.

mvp-sidgwick-129-1-1 The sentence begins very abruptly without connecting particle, so that many suspect corruption, and some (Prien. Pal.) attempt to cure it by reading l. 238

ἀλλ᾿ ἀμβλὺς ἤδη, προστετριμμένος τε and destroying stop at βροτῶν. Others make other alterations. But the antithesis οὐ προστροπαῖον . . . ἀλλ᾽ ἀμβλύς is very harsh: and the sentence inordinately long. The abruptness of ὅμοια χέρσον κ.τ.λ. does not seem impossible in the worn-out wanderer passionately seeking sanctuary. We have it again l. 242 .

mvp-sidgwick-129-2-1 [Orestes sinks down clasping the base of the statue. Enter the Chorus hunting the trail.]

mvp-sidgwick-130-1-1 The voiceless informer is of course the blood, which mysteriously continues to drop wherever he goes. The Scholiast, not a highly poetical person, remarks on the tragic improbability of blood yet dropping from the sword of a man who had come from Argos to Delphi and from Delphi to Athens.

φυσιᾷ σπλάγχνον , my heart gasps, loaded and emphatic diction. ἀνδροκμῆσιν has nothing to do with Orestes (as H. Mors.): it is simply, as Schol. understands it, right wearisome.

ἀπτέροις . : the Eumenides were not winged, l. 51

.

προσγελᾷ , delights : the bold figure not Aeschylean specially, but belonging to the Greek idiom : so σὲ τὰ φυτὰ προσγελάσεται Ar. Pax 600. It is exactly the Lat. adrideo.

ἀτίτας , unpunished: lit. unpaying (act.) as Aeschylus always uses τίνω of the culprit who pays penalty. [The word seems used in pass. sense Ag, 72.]

mvp-sidgwick-134-2-1 [There is no antistrophe to guide us here, and there are several minor variations of the MSS.: the metre, however, seems mainly dochmiac, and I have taken Hermann's emendations, which are the simplest: see crit. notes.]

πλεχθείς , twined, a strong word, describing Orestes' despairing clasp of the image.

mvp-sidgwick-136-1-1 The difficulty here is removed if we see that the emphasis (as so often in Greek) is on the participles. The Chorus just catch sight of him and cry:

But he again with sure defence,
And clasping the image of the immortal goddess,
Would fain take his trial for the deeds of his hands...
i. e. 'Here he is! see, clasping the statue, and hoping to be tried under the goddess' protection; but it may not be, etc.' The trial is the necessary way to safety, and the Furies try to prevent it.

mvp-sidgwick-136-2-1 [Schol. has a strange note, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἡμῖν χρεωστεί προσφὸξ θέλει γενέσθαι τῆς θεοῦ, for what he owes to us he wishes to become suppliant of the goddess, which looks as if he read χρεῶν, to answer for his debts, and so Scaliger reads (followed by H. Linw. Hart. Weil. Wakef.). But χερῶν is a finer expression, and we may take the Medicean MS. against an inference from an obscure and prosaic note.]

mvp-sidgwick-137-1-1 This is best taken as two sentences (with M.), the idea being repeated, as commonly in all poetry, in two forms. The sense and language are then very fine :

It may not be a mother's blood upon the earth
None can restore: alas!
The drops once shed upon the ground are lost!
The sentiment may be called the keynote of the three dramas; it is true of Iphigeneia τὸ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾶν πεσὸν ἅπαξ θανάσιμον ... μέλαν αἷμα τίς ἂν
πάλιν ἀγκαλέσαιτ᾽ ἐπαείδων;
(Ag. 1019
), and is the real basis of all the forebodings in the midst of the king's triumphal return: it is true of Agamemnon,
τί γὰρ λύτρον πεσόντος αἵματος πέδοι;
(Cho. 48
), and
νόμος ...φονίας σταγόνας χυμένας ἐς γᾶν ἄλλο προσαιτεῖν αἷμα
(ib. 400
), and there it is the ground of the confident hope of vengeance; and it is true here of Orestes. See again below l. 647 .

δυσαγκόμιστον for δυσανάκομ- : the poetic use

χαμαί for χαμαὶ ὄν, and Epic passive form χύμενος, cf. Cho. 401 .

ῥοφεῖν , epexegetic for us to drink.

mvp-sidgwick-139-1-1 Generally read μελέων : better μελῶν, as an iambus is wanted for metre.

mvp-sidgwick-140-1-1 I take the best correction, the nearest to the MSS. and the best sense, ἀντιποίν᾽ ὡς τίνῃς ματροφόνου δύας, that thou may'st pay the full penalty for thy murdered mother's woe: the adj. ματροφόνου used with poetic elasticity, which is particularly noticeable in these compound adjectives.

τιν᾿ . ἀσεβῶν is perhaps incomplete, as coming between two dochmiacs it probably should be one itself. The neatest suggestion for completing it is Hermann's τιν᾿ οὐκ εὐσεβῶν. But in the uncertainty of the metre I have left the reading as the MSS. have it, especially as τιν' ἀσεβῶν is a resolved cretic, and we have cretics introduced l. 262

, and l. 266 .

mvp-sidgwick-142-1-1 For Hades under the earth is a mighty controller of men, and watches all with his recording heart. This conception of the Justice and Moral supremacy of the powers below is very fine, and noticeable as being rather unusual. The Powers below are often spoken of as terrible, and unforgetting, and so forth; but here the tone is higher. See Introduction.

καὶ λέγειν , i. e. and I know where it is right to speak. The double construction of ἐπίσταμαι is perhaps a little harsh, but there is no reason to suspect it.

mvp-sidgwick-143-2-1 The Schol. tells us that an ἐναγής (or person under a curse) might not go near anyone or look at or speak to him till purified. So Aeschylus himself below l. 448

. But the purification is complete l. 445 ; and he has been ordered by the god l. 279 ; and therefore he may speak l. 287 .

mvp-sidgwick-144-1-1 In the fine figurative style of Aeschylus the blood-stain slumbers and withers.

mvp-sidgwick-145-1-1 i. e. it would be long to tell from the beginning. ἐξ ἀρχῆς is by a slight stretch of usage, used closely with λόγος, equivalent to τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς λέγειν.

ἀβλαβεῖ , harmless; proving that he was purified.

mvp-sidgwick-147-1-1 I agree with Musgr. Herm. Hart. Dind. Weil. etc., that this line is spurious. It is clearly a proverbial line about the destructiveness of time; and even if we alter καθαιρεῖ τo καθαίρει with Stanl. Pal. etc. Aeschylus could not have said ( l. 283

) that Orestes was cleansed by sacrifice, and then abruptly ( l. 286 ), Time cleanses all.

αὐτόν , myself: the me is not wanted after emphatic ἐμοί

mvp-sidgwick-148-2-1 The reference to the treaty formed 459 B. C. (the year before the play) between Athens and Argos against Sparta is obvious. See Introduction.